Questionnaire Text

Argentina 1970 Egypt 2006 Jordan 2004 Puerto Rico 2010
Argentina 1980 El Salvador 1992 Kenya 1989 Romania 1977
Argentina 1991 El Salvador 2007 Kenya 1999 Romania 2011
Argentina 2001 Ethiopia 1984 Kenya 2009 Rwanda 1991
Argentina 2010 Ethiopia 1994 Laos 2005 Rwanda 2002
Armenia 2001 Ethiopia 2007 Lesotho 1996 Rwanda 2012
Armenia 2011 Fiji 1986 Liberia 2008 Saint Lucia 1980
Austria 1981 Fiji 1996 Malawi 1987 Saint Lucia 1991
Austria 1991 Fiji 2007 Malawi 1998 Senegal 1988
Austria 2001 Fiji 2014 Malawi 2008 Senegal 2002
Austria 2011 Finland 2010 Malaysia 1970 Senegal 2013
Bangladesh 1991 France 1962 Malaysia 1980 Sierra Leone 2004
Bangladesh 2001 France 1968 Malaysia 1991 South Africa 1996
Bangladesh 2011 France 1975 Malaysia 2000 South Africa 2001
Belarus 1999 France 1982 Mali 1987 South Africa 2007
Belarus 2009 France 1990 Mali 1998 South Africa 2011
Benin 1979 France 1999 Mali 2009 South Africa 2016
Benin 1992 France 2011 Mexico 1960 South Sudan 2008
Benin 2002 Germany 1971 Mexico 1970 Spain 1991
Benin 2013 Germany 1981 Mexico 1990 Spain 2001
Bolivia 1976 Germany 1987 Mexico 1995 Spain 2011
Bolivia 1992 Ghana 2000 Mexico 2000 Sudan 2008
Bolivia 2001 Ghana 2010 Mexico 2010 Suriname 2012
Bolivia 2012 Greece 1971 Mexico 2015 Switzerland 1970
Botswana 1981 Greece 1981 Morocco 1982 Switzerland 1980
Botswana 1991 Greece 1991 Morocco 1994 Switzerland 1990
Botswana 2001 Greece 2001 Morocco 2004 Switzerland 2000
Botswana 2011 Greece 2011 Morocco 2014 Tanzania 1988
Brazil 1960 Guatemala 1964 Mozambique 2007 Tanzania 2012
Brazil 1970 Guatemala 1981 Myanmar 2014 Thailand 1970
Brazil 1980 Guatemala 1994 Nepal 2001 Thailand 1980
Brazil 1991 Guatemala 2002 Nepal 2011 Thailand 1990
Brazil 2000 Guinea 1983 Nicaragua 1971 Thailand 2000
Brazil 2010 Guinea 1996 Nicaragua 1995 Togo 2010
Burkina Faso 1996 Haiti 1971 Nicaragua 2005 Trinidad and Tobago 1970
Burkina Faso 2006 Haiti 1982 Nigeria 2006 Trinidad and Tobago 1980
Cambodia 1998 Haiti 2003 Nigeria 2007 Trinidad and Tobago 1990
Cambodia 2004 Honduras 1961 Nigeria 2008 Trinidad and Tobago 2000
Cambodia 2008 Honduras 1988 Nigeria 2009 Trinidad and Tobago 2011
Cambodia 2013 Honduras 2001 Nigeria 2010 Turkey 1985
Cameroon 1976 Hungary 1970 Pakistan 1998 Turkey 1990
Cameroon 1987 Hungary 1980 Palestine 1997 Turkey 2000
Cameroon 2005 Hungary 1990 Palestine 2007 Uganda 1991
Canada 1981 Hungary 2001 Panama 1960 Uganda 2002
Canada 1991 Hungary 2011 Panama 1980 Uganda 2014
Canada 2001 India 1983 Panama 1990 United Kingdom 1991
Canada 2011 India 1987 Panama 2000 United Kingdom 2001
Chile 1960 Indonesia 1971 Panama 2010 United States 1960
Chile 1970 Indonesia 1980 Papua New Guinea 1980 United States 1970
Chile 1982 Indonesia 1985 Papua New Guinea 1990 United States 1980
Chile 1992 Indonesia 1990 Papua New Guinea 2000 United States 1990
Chile 2002 Indonesia 1995 Paraguay 1972 United States 2000
Colombia 1973 Indonesia 2005 Paraguay 1982 United States 2005
Colombia 1985 Indonesia 2010 Paraguay 1992 United States 2010
Colombia 1993 Iran 2006 Paraguay 2002 United States 2015
Colombia 2005 Iraq 1997 Peru 1993 Uruguay 1963
Costa Rica 1963 Ireland 1971 Peru 2007 Uruguay 1975
Costa Rica 1973 Ireland 1981 Philippines 1990 Uruguay 1985
Costa Rica 1984 Ireland 1991 Philippines 2000 Uruguay 1996
Costa Rica 2000 Ireland 2002 Philippines 2010 Uruguay 2006
Costa Rica 2011 Ireland 2006 Poland 1978 Uruguay 2011
Dominican Republic 1981 Ireland 2011 Poland 1988 Venezuela 1971
Dominican Republic 2002 Ireland 2016 Poland 2002 Venezuela 1981
Dominican Republic 2010 Israel 1972 Portugal 1981 Venezuela 1990
Ecuador 1962 Israel 1983 Portugal 1991 Venezuela 2001
Ecuador 1974 Israel 1995 Portugal 2001 Vietnam 1999
Ecuador 1982 Israel 2008 Portugal 2011 Vietnam 2009
Ecuador 1990 Italy 2001 Puerto Rico 1970 Zambia 1990
Ecuador 2001 Italy 2011 Puerto Rico 1980 Zambia 2000
Ecuador 2010 Jamaica 1982 Puerto Rico 1990 Zambia 2010
Egypt 1986 Jamaica 1991 Puerto Rico 2000 Zimbabwe 2012
Egypt 1996 Jamaica 2001 Puerto Rico 2005
top
Argentina 1970 — source variable AR1970A_OWNER — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Dwelling -- Household Relationship

[The form contains a table to indicate the number of household in the dwelling and the number of males and females within each household. Below, we show an English translation of the column and row headings is provided.]

Households in the dwelling [column headings]

[] 11 One

Two
[] 21
[] 22

Three
[] 31
[] 32
[] 33

Four or five
[] ____

Renter [inquilinato]
[] 61
[] 69

Office use ____

Occupants [row headings]

____ Males
____ Females
____ Total

12. Tenure
[] 1 Owner
[] 2 Renter or leaser
[] 3 Dependent occupant
[] 4 Free occupant
[] 5 Other; specify ____

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

In this item you will note the data of all of the persons to be enumerated, whatever their age.

You will enumerate in each household all of the persons who spent the night in it during the night before the morning of the "census day", even if they were not present at the time of the arrival of the enumerator, or if being absent because of reasons related to work, and they returned to the their household on the morning of the "census day."

[p.103]

1. Arriving at a household where six students live, they inform you that the night before the "census day" two extra persons slept there. You will enumerate all of the persons who [spent the night] there during the night previous to the morning of the census.

[p.104]

2. A doctor - head of the household to be enumerated - spent the night before the morning of the "Census Day" covering the turn in the hospital.

Where do you enumerate him?
[ ] a) In the hospital where he works
[x] b) In his private household.


[p.105]

3. To obtain an exact count of the population of the country, we adopted as the standard to enumerate all of the babies born before the zero (0) hour on the "census day."

[An example is not presented here.]

[p.106]

4. Following the same convention you will enumerate those who died after the zero hour (0) on the "census day."

[An example is not presented here.]

[p.107]

5. In the first place you should locate the head of the census household.

The head of the census household is the person recognized as such by the rest of the members of the household.

To locate the head of household, it is necessary that you find out who is the person [recognized] as such by the members of this household.

[p.108]

6. Identify as the head of household the person [recognized] as such by the rest of the members, even existing in this household a person who is older or has the economic responsibility of the same.

Six students live in a census household. You will register as the head of household whoever is [recognized] as such.

[p.109]

7. In all of the private households there must necessarily be a [head of household], whom you will register in the form, in the first place under the column: First person.

In the collective households you enumerate, in the first place, the person with the greatest hierarchy.

Therefore, when you enumerate a convent, a hospital, a jail, etc., you will write in the first column, which corresponds to the head of household, the person of [greatest hierarchy].

[p.110]

8. In the [private] households, after enumerating the first persons who will always be the [head] of the household, you will enumerate the rest of the members, according to the ties or relationship that they have with the head of household.

[p.111]

9. In the collective households that you enumerate, in the first place, the person with the [greatest hierarchy] and you will not take into account the category of relatives that exists between the members. Therefore, you will enumerate them in any order.

[p.112]

10. If the head of household is not present and did not spend the night in the household on the night before the "census day", in the place reserved for head of household you will enumerate the person who in his/her absence is [recognized] as such and occupies the place of head of household.

Example: the spouse or the eldest child, etc.

[p.113]

11. When, due to the absence of the head of household, another person is enumerated as such, it is in regard to this last person that you should note the relationship to the rest of the members.

In the household of the Diaz, a month ago the head of household is in Europe. In his absence, the eldest son occupies his place. Another daughter of Mr. Diaz also lives in there.

You will enumerate the son in the [first] place.
When you enumerate Miss Diaz you will mark in relationship or ties (consult the census form) the box number [[x]6].

[The instructions on the order to enumerate household members on pages 114-116 is not presented here.]

[p.117]

15. In the box number 6. Other relatives, you will note: uncles/aunts, nephews/nieces, grand-nephews/grand-nieces, cousins, daughters/sons-in-law, brothers/sisters or brother/sister-in-laws of the head of household.

[An example is not presented here.]

[p.118]

16. The persons employed in domestic service are enumerated as members of the family in a census household when they live and sleep in the dwelling that this family occupies.


top
Argentina 1980 — source variable AR1980A_TENURE — Type of tenancy
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
B. Dwelling


11. Tenancy

[] Owner
[] Renter
[] Other dependant relationship
[] Free occupancy
[] Other

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
B. Dwelling

It is any housing fixed or mobile that has been built or adapted for housing persons. A house, apartment, trailer, tenant room, shack, hospital, and a room are all considered dwellings.


11. Ownership:
You will point out the regime of ownership of the dwelling; according to whether it is: Owner, Tenant or Lessee, Occupant in relation of dependence is one who receives the dwelling as part of what is received from a job; Occupant without pay is one who does not pay any rent or occupy the dwelling as part of their retribution, included in this category is one who has built their house on someone else's land without paying rent for it.


top
Argentina 1991 — source variable AR1991A_TENURE — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
I. Characteristics of the dwelling for the only household or for the first household
[Questions 1-9]


[Questions 2-16 were addressed only in case of an occupied dwelling, with occupants present, per Question 1.]

II. Habitational Characteristics of the Dwelling- for each household
[Questions 10-16]


14. The occupants:

[] Own the dwelling and the land
[] Own the dwelling only
[] Renter
[] Other dependant relationship
[] Occupancy through loan, grant or permission
[] De facto occupation
[] Other
[] Unanswered

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
2. Household habitation characteristics -- for all households

In this part of the document we will know the characteristics of the part of a dwelling that a household occupies. Because of this, always, in all households we fill out this part of the Document.


14. The occupants are:

Question 14 permits us to know the type of relation of ownership existing between the head of Household and the enumerated dwelling.

We see the definitions of some of the alternatives:
[The instructions refer to a graphic of the census form including the following questions]

Owner of the dwelling and the land is one who has the right to use or to arrange the dwelling and the land, even when it is partially unpaid. Owners who have possession of the dwelling and land are included even if they have not registered. The owner of an apartment also which is of the land.

Owner of the dwelling only when one does not have possession of the land where the dwelling is located. Generally they are situated in government lands, in emergency areas. They are not legal situations of ownership.

Occupant by relation of dependence is one who receives the use of a dwelling and or land as part of a payment for their job.

Occupant by loan, cessation or permission is one who makes use of a dwelling and or land by loans to the owner (documented or not). Include situations such as "a relative loaned me it in exchange for a payment of taxes", "a friend charged me with its care", "house sitter", or "loaned for use", etc.

De facto occupant of a dwelling is one who makes use of a dwelling without authorization of its owner (whether it be private or of the state) even if some payment is made for its use by a third person. In this category all cases of "taking", "misappropriations" of dwellings, buildings are included.


top
Argentina 2001 — source variable AR2001A_TENANCY — Ownership of dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

[Questions 5-24 were asked in the case of households that occupied some structure, per question 4.]


22. The dwelling that occupies this household, is:

[] Owned
[] Rented [skip question 23]
[] Loaned [skip question 23]
[] Ceded by work [skip question 23]
[] Other situation [skip question 23]


top
Argentina 2010 — source variable AR2010A_OWNRSHP — Ownership of dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

[Questions 3 to 19 were asked of inhabited households with persons present]


17. The dwelling that this household occupies is…

[] Owned?
[] Rented? - continue with 19
[] Lent? - continue with 19
[] Ceded for work? - continue with 19
[] Other situation - continue with 19

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Regiment of ownership of the dwelling that the household occupies: the relationship of legal possession or de facto possession of the household in regards to the dwelling. The categories are:
-owned: the dwelling belongs to any or some of the members of the household that occupies it, even if the dwelling is pending payment or he/she/she have possession with the legal transaction pending.
-rented: the household pays, for the use of all or part of the dwelling, an amount of money or in goods (yearly, monthly, bi-monthly, etc.), independent of whether there is a legal contract.
-lent: the household used the dwelling provided by the owner free of charge. The dwelling is not the property of any of the occupants, it is not under a rental regiment and there is no service in exchange for the use of said property.
-ceded for work: the household used the dwelling that is provided without charge or partially without charge by the employer, organism, or business where any of the members of the household works as a consideration of his/her labor relationship, such as, for examply, occurs with doormen, night watchmen, caretakers of houses, rural workers, etc.
[80]
- other situation: the household uses the dwelling through a manner that does not adjust to any of the previous manners.


top
Armenia 2001 — source variable AM2001A_OWNTY — Owner of property
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

Q13. Who owns the dwelling unit?
[] 1 Household member
[] 2 State
[] 3 Community
[] 4 Juridical entity
[] 5 Other

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

B.13 Whose property is the dwelling unit?

The member of the given household: if the dwellings unit belongs to the member of the household or to the members by the law of the citizen property.

The state: if the dwellings unit is the property of the state.

The community: if the dwellings unit is the property of the community.

The juridical person: if the dwellings unit belongs to an organization, social organization, establishment-fund that has the status of a juridical person.

Other people: if the dwelling unit does not belong to a member of the household by law but to someone else.

top
Armenia 2011 — source variable AM2011A_OWNERSHP — Ownership of dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
B1. Who is the owner?

[] Member(s) of the current household
[] State
[] Community
[] Juridical entity
[] Other person/s
[] Homeless person

top
Austria 1981 — source variable AT1981A_TENURE1 — Tenure of dwellings
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

(12) Legal justification for use of the dwelling:
[] Building proprietor's own use
[] Freehold dwelling (owner used)
[] Co-operative dwelling
Apartment:

[] With main rent according to Rent Act
[] By other legal requirements
[] By free agreement

[] Company / army/ etc. housing
[] Other legal justification


(12) Personal use of the house owners:

a) Dwelling in one- and two-family houses, as well as farmhouses, in which the house owner or his/her household personnel reside.
b) Dwelling of the house owner within an apartment house--also in the case when it is treated statement-wise as a rent dwelling.


Owner's dwelling:
Dwelling ownership means joint ownership of the property, connected with the exclusive usufruct of a residence. "Owner's dwelling" should only be marked when a contract exists (i.e. with a dwelling cooperative or residential building union) according to the Dwelling ownership law of 1975 (earlier: Dwelling ownership law 1948)--regardless if it is already noted in the land register or not; also the qualification for such a dwelling ownership contract are made under it.

Please do not confuse Owner's dwelling with house ownership.


Union dwelling:
With union dwellings, the residence owner is a member of that union, which owns the building and charges a utilization fee from the union.


Apartment:
Apartments are leased:

a) With primary rent interest on the main rent [Hauptmietzins] according to the Renter's law. All apartments built before 1917 are subject to the Renter's law. Characteristic for the establishment of the rent interest is that the yearly primary rent interest totals one Schilling for every crone of the year rent rate for 1914. The rent rate can however be temporarily raised due to necessary repairs on the house (§ 7 Renter's Law).

b) According to other legal regulations. Especially those apartments that were built in the years 1917-1954 are counted [in this category]; through the interest stop law [Zinsstopgesetz] 1954 the rent rates of these dwellings were frozen as well. Likewise come those dwellings under it [this category], which are subject to the communal dwellings use law [Wohnungsgemeinützigkeitsgesetz] or the Residential building-reconstruction law.

c) According independent agreement. Independent agreement of the rent rate occurs most often in two cases:
The dwelling was built after 1954 without public funding by a non-public welfare builder;
The dwelling was built up until 1954, but from the year 1968 was newly rented with a raised rate
For dwellings that were created through the division of large dwellings, an independent agreement was also possible before 1968.
Work or civil servant housing [Naturalwohnung]
A company apartment is an additional benefit of payment [Nebenleistung zur Entlohnung], whereas with the use is part of payment (often in agriculture) [Naturalwohnung].

Other legal argument:

Included here [are] for example dwelling related expenditures [Ausgedingewohnungen]


top
Austria 1991 — source variable AT1991A_TENURE1 — Tenure of dwellings
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

8. Tenure status for the use of the housing unit:
[] Building proprietor's own use
[] Apartment proprietor's own use (owner-occupied apartment)
[] Rent (Hauptmiete)

[] Subject to the Rent Act (Mietrechtsgesetz) (or by agreement)
[] Subject to the Act for Non-Profit Building Associations -- also housing rented from co-operative
[] Official dwelling or dwelling as income in kind

[] Other tenure status (Sub-tenancy, use without payment by relatives of the owner of the house)

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

8, Tenancy status for the use of the housing unit:
House proprietor's own use includes:
a) dwellings in single family homes and two family homes as well as farm houses used by the owner themselves or his household members;


[p. 85]

b) dwellings used by the house owner and situated in a residential building, even if they have tenancy status for bookkeeping purposes.


Apartment owner's own use (owner-occupied apartment) should be marked if a person holds a joint title to the property and has the exclusive right to use a dwelling. There must be a contract (e.g. with the building association or the cooperative) based on the Act for Owner-Occupied Housing - regardless of whether there is an entry in the real estate register or not; if such an apartment ownership contract is pending the box should also be marked.

According to the Rent Act, main rent means that rent based on certain apartment category, an adequate rent or a rent based on the regulations of the Housing Promotion acts is present. Community residences, for example, are considered to be rented. Also included here are tenancies with freely agreed rents that are nevertheless subject to the Rent Act (e.g. rental dwellings in single family or two family homes).
Main rent subject to the Act for Non-Profit Building Associations is present if a dwelling is leased from a non-profit building association (cooperative) based on a rental or license contract.

Official residence or residence as an income in kind: an official residence is a supplementary benefit not included in the salary, while the use of a residence as an income in kind is part of the salary (e.g. in farming).

Other legal relationship: counted there are for example, dwellings rented for a limited period of time (up to 6 months), secondary dwellings rented for recreational purposes and dwellings for retired farmers.

Enumerator guideline:
A main rental dwelling should always be entered as a "main rent according to the Rent Act" in cases of doubt. Also main tenants whose rent is freely agreed upon, mostly pay an adequate rent according to the Rent Act.
Only the cases explicitly named to be handled differently in the housing unit questionnaire or in the instructions (see above) should be entered differently. e.g. rent according to the Non-Profit Building Association Act, subleasers, etc.

Housing units in possession of an employer are only an "official residence" for the employee if their lease represents a supplementary benefit not included in the salary. The use is free or the fee paid lies considerably below a comparable "rent."

Purpose of the question:
This question serves the basic assessment of the living situation of the population, concrete for many housing and social policy decisions, like ownership assistance measures or for the support of certain population groups.

Austria has a high rate of home and housing unit ownership. In all states - excluding Vienna -the portion of house and housing unit ownership at the main residence housing unit was over 50% in 1981. (This is connected with the low residence mobility in Austria.)

top
Austria 2001 — source variable AT2001A_TENURE1 — Tenure of dwellings
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

5. Legal basis for use of housing unit
[] Use of housing unit by building owner
[] Company-owned dwelling, apartment provided as income
[] Main tenant (also co-op apartments)

[] Limited lease
[] Unlimited lease

[] Freehold dwelling (owner used)
[] Other form of tenure (subtenant, free use by relatives of building owner, etc.)

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

5. Legal basis for the use of a housing unit:

[p. 59]

Explanation: Principal tenant can be based both on the Tenancy Law and on the Act for Non-Profit Building Associations. Principal tenant should be marked for apartments in city-owned public housing, cooperative apartments (under lease or contract of use), and rented condominiums as well as for rent-to-own housing units whose purchase is not possible until a later date.

Under use of housing unit by building owner falls:
Housing units in single family homes and duplexes that are occupied by the building owner and
apartments of the building owner in a tenant-occupied house even if they are treated as rental units in the accounts.

Condominiums (owner used) should be marked if the owner co-owns the property and has the exclusive right of use to a housing unit. A contract on the basis of the Condominium Dwellings Act between the co-owners must be present regardless of whether or not it has already been entered in the Land Register; this item should also be marked if such an apartment ownership contract is pending.

Company-owned apartment and an apartment provided in kind: A company-owned apartment is a fringe benefit in addition to compensation; for an apartment provided in kind, the use is part of the compensation (e.g. in farming).

"Other legal relationship": This includes, for example, housing units rented as "Second apartments for recreational purposes", apartments provided to retired farmers by their children as a part of the farm transfer, and apartments in senior citizen residential complexes that are inhabited with "right of residence for life" but not on the basis of the Tenancy Law.

Temporary primary tenant is entitled only to use for the length of the rental contract.

For condominium ownership, "use of housing unit by house owner" is to be marked in the sense of building co-owner. For former rental housing units, where ownership was acquired after appraisal and division of the building into smaller units, "condominium (owner used)" should be marked.

Housing units owned by employers are only a "company-owned apartment" for the employee if its relinquishment presents a fringe benefit to the salary. The use is complimentary or the payable charge lies significantly below a comparable "Rent."

Sporadically occurring lease contracts (most likely in single family home area) are to be recorded as "Other legal relationship."

For housing units, in which on the day of the census absolutely no persons are reported, the designated legal relationship is to be indicated.
This question serves the basic assessment of the living situation of the population, concrete for many housing and social policy decisions, like measures of ownership assistance or for the support of certain population groups.

Austria has a high rate of home and housing unit ownership. In all states -- excluding Vienna --the portion of house and housing unit ownership at the main residence housing unit was over 50% in 1991.

Since 1994, the main rental contract can also be closed in a fixed term. The intent of the lawmakers was, through the introduction of time limitations, to make it possible for home or housing unit owners, who at that time do not need their housing unit, to rent the house or housing unit for a limited time. Thus, housing unit hunters should be able to find a housing unit more easily, but the owner can, after the expiration of the time limit, again control the apartment.

What actual effect does this measure have? How many persons now live in time-limited rental relationships and are, thus, actually only temporarily provided with a housing unit? Are these time limitations mainly found by persons that only temporarily need a housing unit?


top
Austria 2011 — source variable AT2011A_TENURE — Tenure status of the dwelling

No questionnaire text is available for this sample.


top
Bangladesh 1991 — source variable BD1991A_OWNERSHP — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

6. Ownership of house:
[] 1. Own
[] 2. Rented
[] 3. Rent-free

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

6. Owner of the house:
Ask the respondent "Is the owner of this house is any member of the enumerated household?" if the answer is "Yes" mark at (1) as answer. If "No" then ask again "Do you pay any rent for this house?". If the answer is "Yes" then mark (2) as rent, and if "No" then mark (3) as non-rent.

top
Bangladesh 2001 — source variable BD2001A_OWNER — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

10. Ownership of house
[] 1 Own
[] 2 Rented
[] 3 Rent-free

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Question 10: Ownership of the House
There are 3 alternative answers of this question. Fill out the appropriate oval box for this question.


Question 10: Tenancy of the House
Ask the respondent whether the household owns the house own the house or not. If the answer is yes, fill out 1 oval box for owned. If the answer is no, then again ask whether the house is rented or rent free. For rented fill out 2 oval box, and for rent free fill out 3 oval box in the questionnaire.


top
Bangladesh 2011 — source variable BD2011A_TENANCY — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

RMO code
[] 1 Rural
[] 2 Pourashava
[] 3 Upazila headquarter
[] 5 Cantonment board
[] 9 City corporation

For questions 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11a put x in the relevant box.

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question -7. Tenancy of the House:
Tenancy of house has divided in to three categories. Such as owned, rented and rent free. Enter cross symbol in the appropriate box for its tenancy.

top
Belarus 1999 — source variable BY1999A_OWNER — Dwelling ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

Questions 5 - 7 to be completed for the household


5. Ownership of the dwelling

[] 1 Private ownership of residents
[] 2 Local Councils
[] 3 Other owners
[] 4 Dwelling rented from individuals

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Questions 5P - 7P. are to be completed for households.

Before completing questions 5P - 7P, in a special box of the line "No. of the first member of the household within the dwelling" the serial number is to be entered, under which the person recorded first in the household is specified in column 1 of section 1 of the list of residents in the dwelling. In accordance with the example given on page 10, the following numbers of "the first members of households within the dwelling" are to be inserted: for Tikhonov's household -- No. 1, for Rulev's household -- No. 3, for Bulgakhov's household -- No. 4.


Question 5P. Who owns the dwelling?

The code is to be marked, which corresponds to one of given prompts.

The item "private ownership of residents" is to be marked if the household lives: in a house (part of house) owned by somebody of inhabitants; in a privatized flat; in a flat built or bought out of own or borrowed funds, in a flat of a housing cooperative (irrespective of the amount of installments paid); in a flat of a youth housing estate or of a collective of individual investors; in a flat (or house) acquired on other terms (by inheritance, as a gift, etc.).

The item "local councils" is to be marked if a household lives in a dwelling owned by local councils.

The item "other owners" is to be marked if a household lives in a dwelling owned by an enterprise, organization or institution of either government and non-government ownership, or by other owners.

The item "rents the dwelling from individuals" is to be marked for a household if it is a "lodger", i.e. rents the dwelling from individuals who are either owners or tenants of the dwellings.


top
Belarus 2009 — source variable BY2009A_OWNER — Building ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Section III. Housing conditions of the household No. _

(Filled for households, residing in one-apartment dwelling houses, apartments at multistoried dwellings)

1. Who owns the building or the habitation?

[] 1 State-owned
[] 2 Private property of citizens
[] 3 Private property of non-state legal persons
[] 4 Space is rented from other citizens
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
27. Section III "Housing conditions of the household" is to be completed for households occupying one-apartment residential houses and apartments as follows:

27.1. In question 1 "Who owns the dwelling?":
The answer "state-owned" should be completed for residential premises that are communal property or owned by state-owned legal entities;

The answer "private property of citizens" should be completed for residential premises that are privatized, built and purchased at own or borrowed money; inherited or donated; and also for apartments of housing cooperatives and associates of private developers with share contributions fully paid;

The answer "private property of non-state legal entities" should be completed for residential premises owned by non-state legal entities and also for apartments of housing cooperatives and associates of private developers with share contributions not fully paid.

The same residential premise may refer to different forms of ownership. For example, two households live in a two-room apartment and have separate personal accounts for each room, one of which is privatized and hence is a private property of citizens, but the other is state-owned;

top
Benin 1979 — source variable BJ1979A_OWNERSHP — Ownership of dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
"Household - - Dwelling Unit" Questionnaire

B: Dwelling Unit

Characteristics of the dwelling unit

Specify the characteristics of the head of household's building by checking the appropriate box in columns (a) to (f). Indicate in the last column (g) the total number of rooms in which the household resides.

Type of residency

[] Owner
[] Renter
[] Free
[] Other
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
B. How to fill out the form "Household- Dwelling unit"

Dwelling Characteristics

Column (f): Type of ownership
Every person living in an apartment without owing it is considered a renter even if such person is housed free of charge by the state or another institution.
A person housed free of charge by a family member or friend shall fall under the case "Free of Charge".


top
Benin 1992 — source variable BJ1992A_OWNERSHP — Ownership of dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Household dwelling unit characteristics

Occupation status

[] 1 Owner
[] 2 Renter
[] 3 Family property
[] 4 Other
[] 5 Undeclared
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Characteristics of the household's dwelling unit

Column (3): Occupation status
Each person occupying a housing unit that he/she does not own is a renter. The occupation status can also be familial. Circle the code according to the declared occupation status.


top
Benin 2002 — source variable BJ2002A_DWOWN — Dwelling ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Dwelling unit characteristics

(43) Occupation status

[] 1 Owner with ownership title
[] 2 Owner without ownership title
[] 3 Family property
[] 4 Housed for free by the State
[] 5 Housed for free by a private individual
[] 6 Renter
[] 9 Other
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Column (45) [the original document reads 45, however, it is clearly a mistake and it should be 43]: Occupancy status
Ask the following question: "Are you the owner of your dwelling unit?"

If Yes, ask: "Do you have a property title?"
If yes, circle the code: 1. Owner with title
If no, circle the code: 2. Owner without title
If no to the first question, ask the question: "Are you housed for free by the state or a private entity?" If yes, circle the corresponding code according to the declared situation:
4. Housed for free by the state;
5. Housed for free by a private entity;
If no, ask the following question: "What is then your occupancy status?" and circle the corresponding code.
3. Family property;
6. Renter;
9. Other

top
Benin 2013 — source variable BJ2013A_OCCUP — Occupancy status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Dwelling Unit Characteristics
[Questions 43-56 were asked of all households]

46. Residency occupation status

[] 1 Owner with ownership title
[] 2 Owner without ownership title
[] 3 Family property with ownership title
[] 4 Family property without ownership title
[] 5 Housed by employer (state, private)
[] 6 Housed by a family member or friend
[] 7 Renter
Monthly rent in CFA Francs [West African Francs] _ _ _ _ _ _ _
[] 9 Other (specify) ____
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Section 4: Habitation Characteristics

This section gives information on the characteristics of the household's lodging.

In the case where a more than one questionnaire is used for the household, the answers to the questions on the habitation's characteristics shall only be noted on form number 1 used for the household.

46. Habitation occupation status

The modality codes for this variable are:

[] 1. Property owner with a legal property title
[] 2. Property owner without a legal property title
[] 3. Family property with a legal property title
[] 4. Family property without a legal property title
[] 5. Housed by employer [public, private]
[] 6. Housed by a family member/friend
[] 7. Renter [monthly rent]
[] 9. Other [specify]

Q: "Are you the owner of your habitation unit?"

If yes, ask: "Do you have a legal property title?"
If yes, circle the code 1 [Property owner with a legal property title].
If no, circle the code 2 [Property owner without a legal property title].

If No to the first question, ask the question: "Are you housed by your employer [public or private] or by a family member/friend?"

If yes, circle the code corresponding to the declared modality:
[5] Housed by employer or [6] Housed by a family member/friend

If no, ask the following question: "What is your occupation status?" and circle the corresponding code:

[] 3. Family property with a legal property title
[] 4. Family property without a legal property title
[] 7. Renter [write down the monthly rent level in the boxes reserved to that effect, starting from the right]
[] 9. Other [specify]

top
Bolivia 1976 — source variable BO1976A_OWNERSHP — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

11. Tenure
[Question 11 was asked of persons in private dwellings, per Question 1]

[] 1 Owned
[] 2 Rented
[] 3 Sharecropping
[] 4 Mixed contract
[] 5 Ceded for services
[] 6 Other form (specify) ____

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question 11. Ownership

Ask if the dwelling being investigated is: owned, rented, etc.

Owned: if it belongs to the persons who inhabit it. Also it is considered owned if it is in the process of being paid for.

Rented: when the occupant pays a biweekly or monthly amount of money to the owner of the house.

Sharecropping (anticresis) contract [a contract to rent property whereby the renter pays the landlord a fixed sum at the start of the rental period in lieu of paying monthly rent.], if you inhabit the dwelling with a charge of interest for a quantity of money given to the owner as a loan.

Mixed contract, combines the characteristics of sharecropping and renting. In other words, the occupant, in addition to having loaned a certain sum of money to the owner , periodically pays another sum as rent.

Ceded for services, when the dwelling is occupied in exchange for any type of service that is loaned from the owner.

top
Bolivia 1992 — source variable BO1992A_OWNER — Tenure
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

14. Ownership/tenure of the dwelling
[Question 14 was asked of persons in occupied private dwellings, per Questions 1 and 2.]

[] 1 Owned
[] 2 Rented
[] 3 Loan-backed habitation contract
[] 4 Mixed contract
[] 5 Ceded for services
[] 6 Ceded by family
[] 7 Other (specify) ____

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question 14. Ownership of the dwelling

With this question you will discover the form of ownership of the dwelling that the household occupies and you will mark one of the following choices, taking into account the following concepts.

1. Owned. If it belongs to the people who occupy it. It is also considered owned if it is in the process of being paid for.

2. Rented. When the occupant pays the owner of the house a certain amount of money every fifteen days, month, three months, in exchange for occupying the dwelling.

3. Loan-backed habitation contract. If the person inhabits the dwelling with debits made against an amount of money given to the owner as a loan (money without interest in return for a dwelling without rent).

4. Mixed contract. Combines the characteristics of loan-backed habitation and renting. In other words, the occupant, in addition to having loaned a certain sum of money to the owner (antichresis), periodically pays another sum as rent.

5. Use allowed in exchange for services. When the dwelling is occupied in exchange for some service that is performed for the owner.

6. Use allowed because of family relationship. When the dwelling has been given by a relative of the members of the household.

7. Other. If the dwelling is inhabited under circumstances other than the previous. In this case, specify.

top
Bolivia 2001 — source variable BO2001A_OWNERSHP — Tenure of the dwelling/ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

[Questions 6 to 26 were asked of persons who lived in occupied private dwelling and were present at the time of enumeration, per Questions 4 and 5.]


21. The dwelling you occupy is:

[] 1 Owned?
[] 2 Rented?
[] 3 In a Loan-Backed Habitation Contract?
[] 4 In a Mixed Contract?
[] 5 Ceded for Services?
[] 6 Lent by Relatives or Friends?
[] 7 Other?

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Chapter C. Characteristics of dwellings with inhabitants who are present


Question 21. The dwelling that you occupy is?

[Tenure]

The question should be presented by reading each option slowly and deliberately until reaching the question mark. When an answer is given, the oval is filled in and the next question is presented.

The meanings of some of the options are given below:

Mixed contract: A contract that combines the characteristics of a rental contract and a loan-backed habitation contract ( anticrético) [An anticrético is a contract to rent property whereby the renter pays the landlord a fixed sum at the start of the rental period in lieu of paying monthly rent].

Ceded for services: The dwelling is occupied in exchange for a service rendered to the owner or the dwelling, for example: a superintendent (portero) [porteros often have an apartment in the building as part of their pay.], administrator, superintendent, professor, etc.

Borrowed from relatives or friends: When the dwelling has been temporarily borrowed from relatives or friends.


top
Bolivia 2012 — source variable BO2012A_OWNERSHP — Household tenure
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Chapter B. Main characteristics of the dwelling

19. Is the dwelling that this household occupies...?

[] 1 Owned
[] 2 Rented
[] 3 Under a contract of antichresis
[] 4 Under a contract of antichresis and rent
[] 5 Granted in exchange for services
[] 6 Lent by relatives or friends
[] 7 Other
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Chapter B. Main characteristics of the dwelling

Ownership or tenancy
19. Form of ownership or tenancy of the dwelling
Mark the appropriate circle or bubble.


top
Botswana 1981 — source variable BW1981A_OWNERSHP — Acquisition of house or plot
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Section D
[Questions 1 through 15 were asked of private dwelling]

6. How was this house/plot acquired?

[] 01 Tribal authority
[] 02 Land board
[] 03 Purchase
[] 04 Inheritance
[] 05 Rent: B.H.C
[] 06 Rent: council
[] 07 Rent: individual
[] 08 Rent: Company
[] 09 Self allocation
[] 10 Provided by employer
[] 99 Don't know
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Column H6 allocation of house/plot
Enquire from the household how the house/plot was acquired . If allocated by
01 Tribal authority
02 Land Board
03 Purchase
04 Inheritance
05 Rent : BHC
06 Council
07 Individual
08 Company
09 Self allocation
10 Provided by employer
99 Don't know

Some of the above codes need further explanations:
Inheritance-enter code 04 for plots by inheritance, regardless of means of previous allocation.
Rent-for any household renting from Botswana Housing Corporation or Council enter code 05 or 06; for any household renting (making payment to the owner for the right to stay on the land and/ or to occupy a building owned by the owner) enter 07 if the owner is an individual, 08 if the owner is a company/government/ university.
Self allocation-for tribal/ state land where no allocation was made by any authority enter code 09; for any household where no one member of the household is employed by the owner [individual, company, government, university] and stays rent-free also enter code 09.
Provided by employer-in cases where housing is provided by the employer rent-free enter code 10.

top
Botswana 1991 — source variable BW1991A_HOUSEACQ — Mean to acquire the housing unit or plot
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Section E
[Housing]

(Circle response)

7. Acquisition

How was this housing unit/plot acquired?

[] 01 Tribal authority
[] 02 Land board
[] 03 Purchase
[] 04 Inheritance
[] 05 SHHA
[] 06 Rent: BHC
[] 07 Rent: government
[] 08 Rent: council
[] 09 Rent: individual
[] 10 Rent: company
[] 11 Free
[] 12 Self allocation
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Columns E7: Method of Acquisition of Housing Unit/Plot

How was this housing unit/plot acquired by the household?

Enquire from the household what entitles them to live in this particular housing unit/plot.

01 Tribal Authority
02 Landboard
03 Purchase
04 Inheritance
05 SHHA
06 Rent: BHC
07 Rent: Government
08 Rent: Council
09 Rent: Individual
10 Rent: Company
11 Free
12 Self-Allocation
[p.50]
Some of the above codes need further explanation:

01 Tribal Authority: These are housing units on plots which were allocated by tribal authorities a long time ago before the formation of landboards.

04 Inheritance: These are housing units on plots acquired by inheritance regardless of means of previous acquisition.

05 SHHA: These are housing units on plots which were acquired through the Self Help Housing Agency Scheme. Only households who own the SHHA plot on which they live are to be coded 05. Those living in a rented SHHA house (or room in a SHHA house) are to be coded 09.

Rent:
06 Circle code 06 for households renting from BHC
07 Circle code 07 for households renting from Government
08 Circle code 08 for households renting from Council
09 Circle code 09 for households renting from private individuals
10 Circle code 10 for households renting from companies and institutions other than Government

11 Free: Circle code 11 for households who don't own their housing unit but who don't pay any rent either. They may be living in a housing unit provided by relatives or an employer. Members of the Police Force or BDF and some domestic servants are examples of persons who obtain housing free from their employers.

12 Self-Allocation: Circle code 12 for households occupying tribal/estate land or a freehold farm where no allocation was made by any authority or employers

In the sample questionnaire in paragraph 139, the plot on which the household stays was inherited, so code 04 is circled.


top
Botswana 2001 — source variable BW2001A_TENURE — Tenure of housing unit
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
E9. How was this housing unit acquired?

[] 01 Purchased (owner-occupied)
[] 02 Rent: BHC
[] 03 Rent: government
[] 04 Rent: council
[] 05 Rent: individual
[] 06 Rent: company
[] 07 Rent: VDC
[] 08 Free (included job related)
[] 09 Inherited (owner-occupied)
[] 09 Self built (owner-occupied)
[] 10 Do not know
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
139. Columns E8 - E14: Housing unit

These questions relate to the housing unit occupied by the household you are enumerating. A housing unit is defined as "the unit of accommodation for a household". You will usually be able to answer some of these questions yourself simply from observation. However, if in doubt, ask, then circle the most appropriate answer code. Note that in each of these columns you are to circle only one code.

The relevant portion of the sample questionnaire is shown on page 59.

142. Column E10: Tenure ship of Housing Unit

Q: How was this housing unit acquired?

[] 01 Purchased (Owner occupied):
This applies when the household occupying the housing unit bought it.

[] 02 Rent: Circle code 02 for housing units rented from BHC

[] 03 Rent: Circle code 03 for housing units rented from Government

[] 04 Rent: Circle code 04 for housing units rented from Council

[] 05 Rent: Circle code 05 for housing units rented from private individuals

[] 06 Rent: Circle code 06 for housing units rented from companies and institutions other than the above ones

[] 07 Free:
Circle code 07 for those households not owning their housing unit, but not paying any rent either. They may be living in a housing unit provided by relatives or an employer. Members of the Police Force or BDF and some domestic servants are examples of persons who obtain housing free from their employers.

[] 08 Inheritance:
These are housing units acquired by inheritance regardless of means of previous acquisition.

[] 09 Self built (Owner occupied):
Code 09 should used for housing units built by occupants for occupation.

top
Botswana 2011 — source variable BW2011A_TENURE — Tenure of housing unit
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
E. Household Information

Housing unit

Tenure of housing unit
9. How was this housing unit acquired?

[] 1 Self built (owner occupied)
[] 2 Rent: individual
[] 3 Job-related free
[] 4 Rent: central government
[] 5 Inherited: free (owner occupied)
[] 6 Purchased (owner occupied)
[] 7 Rent: company
[] 8 Rent: Botswana Housing Corporation (BHC)
[] 9 Rent: local institutions
[] 10 Rent: Village Development Committee (VDC)
[] 11 Donated
[] 12 Do not know
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
187. Columns E8-E13: Housing unit
These questions relate to the housing unit occupied by the household you are enumerating. A housing unit is the unit of accommodation for a household. You will usually be able to answer some of these questions yourself simply from observation. However, if in doubt, ask, and then circle the most appropriate answer code. Note that in each of these columns you are to circle only one code. The relevant portion of the sample questionnaire is shown on page 82.

189. Column E9: Tenure of housing unit
Q. How was this housing unit acquired?
This question captures information on how the household acquired the housing unit which they occupy.

1. Self-built (owner occupied)
This is a housing unit built by occupants.
2. Rent individual
This is a housing unit rented from an individual.
3. Job related free
This is a housing unit acquired without making any rental plans.
4. Rent central government
This is a housing unit rented from the Central Government
6. Inherited-free (owner occupied)
This is a housing unit acquired by inheritance regardless of means of previous acquisition.
7. Rent company
This is a housing unit rented from a company.
8. Rent BHC
This is a housing unit rented from Botswana Housing Corporation (BHC).
9. Rent local institutions
This is a housing unit rented from Local Institutions (Councils, Land boards, etc.).
10. Rent: VDC
This is a housing unit rented from a Village Development Committee (VDC).
11. Donated
This is a housing unit donated to occupants by different donor individuals/organizations.
12. Don't know
This code should be used if the respondent does not know how the housing unit was acquired.

top
Brazil 1960 — source variable BR1960A_OWNERSHP — Condition of occupation
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

C. Condition of ownership

[] 7 already paid
[] 8 rented
[] 9 other

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question C - Condition of ownership

The response to this question should be:

Owned by resident - When the family group lives in a dwelling it owns, even if the land does not belong to the family group;
Rented - When the dwelling is rented;
Other - When a family lives in a dwelling which is neither its own nor rented.


The dwellings of farm workers living on farms where they exercise their occupations, if not rented, will be classified as Other condition, even if they have been built by the residents.

top
Brazil 1970 — source variable BR1970A_OWNERSHP — Condition of dwelling ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

4. Condition of ownership
Owned:
[] 1 already paid
[] 2 in acquisition
[] 3 rented
[] 4 loaned
[] 5 other

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question 4 - Condition of Ownership

Record:

Owned and Paid For - When the family lives in a dwelling owned by it and fully paid for;


[p. 56]

Owned but still paying - When the family lives in a dwelling owned by it but has not yet paid the full purchase price.
Buildings that are owned by the family but built on land belonging to third parties are also considered owned dwellings (paid for, or still paying);
Rented - when the family is paying rent;
Ceded - when the family is living in a dwelling which is neither owned nor rented by it;
Other - in the case of dwellings of farm workers living on farms where they exercise their occupations, even if the dwellings were built by the workers themselves.


top
Brazil 1980 — source variable BR1980A_OWNERSHP — Condition of occupation
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
(The following questions are only for permanent private households)


9. Condition of ownership

Owned:
[] 1 already paid
[] 3 haven't finished paying
[] 5 - rented
Ceded by:
[] 6 employer
[] 7 private
[] 0 other

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question 9 - Condition of Ownership

Mark:
Owned and paid for - when the owner or co-owner lives in a dwelling owned by him or her, fully paid for, regardless of whether the land is also owned by him or her;
Owned but not fully paid for - when the owner or co-owner lives in a dwelling owned by him or her but has not yet paid the total price of the property, regardless of whether the land is also owned by him or her;
Rented - when the dwelling is rented, even if the rent is paid by a non-resident, except when paid by the employer of any resident in the household. The dwelling will also be recorded as rented when the employer of any one of the residents pays, as part of the wage, a part in monetary form to subsidize the rent;
Ceded by employer - when the dwelling is ceded by the employer (private or public) of any one of the residents, even if an occupation or maintenance fee is charged. Included in this case are dwellings whose rent is paid directly by the employer of one of the residents;
Ceded by a private party - when the dwelling is ceded free of charge by a private party (a relative, non-relative or institution), but not the employer of any of the residents; or
Other - when the dwelling is occupied in a way different from those described above, such as when the tenant pays a single rent for the dwelling and for the non-residential part (workshop, commercial establishment, etc.) or when the family lives at a leased farming establishment. In this case mark the box Does not pay, in Question 10.


top
Brazil 1991 — source variable BR1991A_OWNERSHP — Condition of occupation of the dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

8. Condition of ownership
Owned:
[] 1 building and land
[] 2 building
[] 3 rented
Ceded by:
[] 4 employer
[] 5 private
[] 6 other

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question 8 - Condition of ownership
Mark:
1 - Owned - the building and the land - when the family lives in a dwelling where the building and land are owned by one or more of its members;
2 - Owned - only the building - when the family lives in a dwelling where the building is owned by it without owning the land on which it is built;
3 - Rented - when the dwelling is rented, even if the rent is paid by a non-resident, except when paid by the employer of any resident of the household. The dwelling will also be recorded as rented when the employer of any one of the residents pays a monetary sum as part of the wage, to subsidize the rent;
4 - Ceded by employer - when the dwelling is ceded by the employer (private or public) of any one of the residents, even if an occupation or maintenance fee is charged. Included in this case are dwellings whose rent is paid directly by the employer of one of the residents;
5 - Ceded by a private party - when the dwelling is ceded free of charge by a private party (a relative, non-relative or institution), but not the employer of any of the residents; or
6 - Other - when the dwelling is occupied in a way different from those described above, such as when the tenant pays a single rent for the dwelling and for the non-residential part (workshop, commercial establishment, etc.) or when the family lives at a leased farming establishment.


top
Brazil 2000 — source variable BR2000A_OWNERSHP — Ownership of dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

2.05 This dwelling is:
[] 1 owned- paid for (go to 2.06)
[] 2 owned- still paying (go to 2.06)
[] 3 rented (go to 2.07)
[] 4 ceded by employer (go to 2.07)
[] 5 ceded other (go to 2.07)
[] 6 other (go to 2.07)

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question 2.05 - (Sample) and 2.03 (Basic) - This dwelling is:

1 - Owned and paid for - When the dwelling is owned in part or in full by one or more residents and is fully paid for;
2 - Owned - still paying - When the dwelling is owned in part or in full by one or more residents and is not yet fully paid for;
3 - Rented - When the dwelling is rented. Any dwelling where the employer (of any of the residents) pays, as integral part of the person's salary, a part in monetary values to pay the rent, should be considered as rented;
4 - Ceded by employer - When the dwelling is ceded by the employer (private or public) of any resident, even if in the form of an occupation or maintenance fee (condo expenses, gas, power, etc.). In this case, include dwellings whose rent is paid directly by the employer of one of the residents of the household;


[p. 54]

5 - Ceded in some other way - When the dwelling is ceded free of charge by a person who is not a resident or by an institution that is not the employer of any of the residents, even if such is paid in the form of an occupation (taxes, condo expenses, gas, power, etc.). Include dwellings whose full rent is paid directly or indirectly by a person who is not a resident or by an institution that is not an employer of any resident; and
6 - Other condition - When the dwelling is occupied in a way different from those described above. Any dwelling whose rent, paid by a resident, refers to the household unit together with a non-residential unit (workshop, store, etc.), or when the family lives in a farming or ranching establishment that is leased or cases of occupation by invasion or squatting, should be included in this code.


top
Brazil 2010 — source variable BR2010A_OWNER — Household occupancy condition
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

2. For occupied permanent private housing units - Household characteristics.


2.01 This housing unit is:

[] 1 Owned by a resident - already paid
[] 2 Owned by a resident - being paid
[] 3 Rented

2.011 Rental price R$____.00

[] 4 Ceded by employer
[] 5 Ceded by other means
[] 6 Other condition

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

B 2.01
2:01 - This household is:
This question investigates the condition of household occupations.

Depending on the situation, record:
1 - Resident Owned - mortgage paid: If the household is owned in whole or in part, by one or more residents and already paid in full.
2 - Resident Owned - paying mortgage: If the household is owned in whole or in part, by one or more residents and is not yet fully paid.
3 - Leased/Rented: If the household is rented and the rent is paid by one or more residents. Also consider as rented the household where employer (of any of the residents) pays it, as part of a salary.

In the Sample Questionnaire, you must select the range that corresponds to the total amount of rent due in July and then register the declared value. Do not include property taxes and/or condominium fees.


[page 162]

4 - Provided by employer: If the address is assigned by employer (public or private) of any of the residents, although residents might be charged a fee of occupancy or utilities (condo, gas, electricity, etc.). In this case, you should count households in which the rent is directly paid by the employer of one of the household residents.
5 - Another provider: If the household is given out free by a person who is not a resident or given by an institution other than an employer of any of the residents, although a fee of occupancy (taxes, condo, etc.) may apply. In this case, you should count households in which rent is paid, directly or indirectly, by a non-resident or institution other than a resident's employer.


[page 163]

6 - Other conditions: If the household is occupied differently than the aforementioned options.
Count households in which:

- the rent is paid by resident, although the household is attached to an establishment (office, store, etc.).
- is an agricultural establishment where the family renting resides there, and
- in instances when households are occupied by trespassers.



top
Burkina Faso 1996 — source variable BF1996A_OWNER — Occupation status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
III. Housing Characteristics


H12. Occupation status

[] 1. Owner
[] 2. Rent-to-own
[] 3. Rent
[] 4. Lodged for free
[] 5. Other


top
Burkina Faso 2006 — source variable BF2006A_OCCUP — Occupation status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

H3. Occupation status
[] 1. Owner
[] 2. Rent-to-own
[] 3. Rent
[] 4. Lodged for free
[] 0. Other


top
Cambodia 1998 — source variable KH1998A_OWNRSHP — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Form B Household Questionnaire Part 4: Housing Conditions and Facilities** (Enter Code in the box below)

**Part 4 need not be filled-in for Institutional and Homeless Households and for Boat and Transient Population.


1 On what basis does the household occupy this dwelling?

1 Owner occupied
2 Rent
3 Not owner, but rent free
4 ___ Other (specify)
[ ]

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Column 1: On what basis do you occupy this dwelling?

119. Four code numbers have been provided for recording the answers to this question. Dwelling here refers to the room or the set of rooms occupied by the household.

119.1 Owner occupied: Give Code 1 if the household has a dwelling belonging to either the head or a member of the household for which no rent is being paid. Note that this group includes persons occupying houses or buildings on hire purchase basis or living in houses or buildings built with loan from financial institutions for which full payments have not been made. Note also that even if the head or a member of household owns part of a family house which was occupied by the household you should give Code 1.

119.2 Rent: Give Code 2 if the household has been paying rent for its accommodation. Remember that rent here implies the payment of money at the end of a specified period.

119.3 Not owner, but rent-free: Give Code 3 if the household has an accommodation free of charge although the house or building is not the property of the head or any member of this household. For example, households staying in family houses free of rent.

119.4 Other, (specify): Give Code 4 for any answer not fitting in any of the three categories specified above and specify the basis on which the household occupies the dwelling.


top
Cambodia 2004 — source variable KH2004A_OWNERSH — Occupancy status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Form B: Household questionnaire Part 4
Part 4: Housing conditions and facilities

[1] On what basis does the household occupy this dwelling?

Enter code.

[] 1 Owner occupied
[] 2 Rent
[] 3 Not owner, but rent free
[] 4 Other (specify) ____
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
95. Column 1: On what basis do you occupy this dwelling?
Owner occupied. Give Code 1 if the household has a dwelling belonging to either the head or a member of the household for which no rent is being paid. Note that this group includes persons occupying houses or buildings on hire purchase basis or living in houses or buildings built with loan from financial institutions for which full payments have not been made. Note also that even if the head or a member of household owns part of a family house which was occupied by the household you should give Code 1.
95.1 Rent: Give Code 2 if the household has been paying rent for its accommodation. Remember that rent here implies the payment of money at the end of a specified period.
95.2 Not owner, but rent-free: Give code 3 if the household has an accommodation free of charge although the house or building is not the property of the head or any member of this household. For example, households staying in family houses free of rent.
95.3 Other, (specify): Give Code 4 for any answer not fitting in any of the three categories specified above and specify the basis on which the household occupies the dwelling.

top
Cambodia 2008 — source variable KH2008A_OWNERSHP — Ownership of dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

Form B: household questionnaire - part 4: housing conditions and facilities
Part 4 need not be filled in for institutional and homeless households, and for boat and transient population.


1. On what basis does the household occupy this dwelling?

[] 1 Owner occupied
[] 2 Rent
[] 3 Not owner, but rent free
[] 4 Other (specify) ____

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Filling in of Form B Household Questionnaire Part 4 : Housing Conditions and Facilities

121. This part of the questionnaire on housing conditions of the household has to be filled in after completing the main household questionnaire (Form B Parts 2 and 3). This part should be completed with
[p.50]
the assistance of the head of the household or any responsible member of the household.

122. In cases where within a household, members use a variety of facilities, probe to establish the facility used by the majority of household members and record it for the household. For example, if the members of a household use more than one source of light you should record the main source of light used by the majority of members.

123. Please note that in this part for Columns 1 to 7, 18 and 19, you are required to write only the code corresponding to the appropriate answer in the square provided at the bottom of each column. Under no circumstances you should write more than one code for each question.


Column 1: On what basis does the household occupy this dwelling?

124. Four code numbers have been provided for recording the answers to this question. Dwelling here refers to the room or the set of rooms occupied by the household.

124.1 Owner occupied: Give Code 1 if the household has a dwelling belonging to either the head or a member of the household for which no rent is being paid. Note that this group includes persons occupying houses or buildings on hire purchase basis or living in houses or buildings built with loan from financial institutions for which full payments have not been made. Note also that even if the head or a member of household owns part of a family house which was occupied by the household, you should give Code 1.

124.2 Rent: Give Code 2 if the household has been paying rent for its accommodation. Remember that rent here implies the payment of money at the end of a specified period.

124.3 Not owner, but rent-free: Give Code 3 if the household has an accommodation free of charge although the house or building is not the property of the head or any member of this household. For example, households staying in family houses free of rent.

124.4 Other, (specify): Give Code 4 for any answer not fitting in any of the three categories specified above and specify the basis on which the household occupies the dwelling.


top
Cambodia 2013 — source variable KH2013A_OWNERSHP — Dwelling tenure
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Part 5: Housing conditions and facilities

1. On what basis does the household occupy this dwelling?

Enter code.

[] 1 Owner occupied
[] 2 Rent
[] 3 Not owner, but rent free
[] 4 Other (specify) ____
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
96. Filling-in of Form B household questionnaire part -5: housing conditions and facilities

96.1. This part of the questionnaire on housing conditions of the household has to be filled in after completing the main household questionnaire (Form B Parts- 2 to 4). This part should be completed with the assistance of the head of the household or any responsible member of the household.

96.2. In cases where within a household, members use a variety of facilities, probe to establish the facility used by the majority of household members and record it for the household. For example, if the members of a household use more than one source of light you should record the main source of light used by the majority of members.

96.3. Please note that in this part of the questionnaire, for columns 1 to 8 and 23 to 25 you are required to write only the code corresponding to the appropriate answer in the square provided at the bottom of each column. Under no circumstances you should write more than one code for each question.

97. Column 1: on what basis does the household occupy this dwelling?

Four code numbers have been provided for recording the answers to this question. Dwelling here refers to the room or the set of rooms occupied by the household.

97.1 Owner occupied: Give code 1 if the household has a dwelling belonging to either the head or a member of the household for which no rent is being paid. Note that this group includes persons occupying houses or buildings on hire purchase basis or living in houses or buildings built with loan from financial institutions for which full payments have not been made. Note also that even if the head or a member of household owns part of a family house which was occupied by the household you should give code 1.

97.2 Rent: Give code 2 if the household has been paying rent for its accommodation. Remember that rent here implies the payment of money at the end of a specified period.

97.3 Not owner, but rent-free: Give code 3 if the household has an accommodation free of charge although the house or building is not the property of the head or any member of this household. For example, households staying in family houses free of rent.

97.4 Other, (specify): Give code 4 for any answer not fitting in any of the three categories specified above and specify the basis on which the household occupies the dwelling.


top
Cameroon 1976 — source variable CM1976A_OCCUP — Type of occupancy
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

38) What is the ownership status of the dwelling?
[] 1 Owned
[] 2 Rented
[] 3 Employer provided lodging, with contribution
[] 4 Employer provided lodging, free
[] 5 Free from another source besides employer


top
Cameroon 1987 — source variable CM1987A_MODEOCC — Tenure type
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

Questions on housing

Circle the appropriate number where applicable: in the case of a compound occupied by only one household, take the characteristics (except for the number of rooms) of the main house.


H9. Tenure type

[] 1 Owner with land certificate
[] 2 Owner without land certificate
[] 3 Renting
[] 4 House by employer
[] 5 Housed free of charge by someone other than the employer

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Filling in page 4.
Begin by filling in the space reserved for questions concerning housing and then fill in the space for deaths.
This page is completed only as concerns the first questionnaire used in the household.


1) Space for questions concerning housing. In this column, encircle only one number.
Example : The household is living in a modern villa, column H 1, encircle No. 3.
1 - Isolated house
2 - House with many self-contained flats
3 - Modern villa
4 - Apartment story building
5 - Compound or saré
6 – Other

If the housing unit is a compound or saré, the numbers to be encircled are those corresponding to the characteristics of the main house as concerns the materials used for the walls, roof, floor, type of lighting system, water supply, source of energy for the kitchen, type of toilet. However, the number of rooms to be written in column H10 is the total number of room used by the household in all the housed that make up the compound or saré.
The rooms to be taken into account are the bedrooms, sitting rooms, the dining rooms, rooms for house servants and kitchen; do not count corridors, verandahs, lobbies, bathrooms, toilets, rooms for professional practice such as lawyer's chambers, doctor's consultation room, tailoring workshop, street stalls, etc.
If a room is used by two or more households (examples: kitchens, dining rooms, etc.), record it in the name of one household and do not count it for any other household.
If in a housing unit you note many characteristics for the materials, record the main one:
Example: a mud wall plastered with cement (half concrete), record 6 – mud


top
Cameroon 2005 — source variable CM2005A_TENURE — Mode of occupancy
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

53. Occupation status of the dwelling
[] Proprietor
[] Renter
[] Hire-purchase
[] Lodged by employer
[] Lodged by parents or friends
[] Other

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

53. Occupation status of dwelling
The codes of the terms for this variable are:
1-Owner
2-Lease
3-Rent to own
4-Lodged by employer
5-Loged by relatives/friends
6-Other to specify

Q. Does this dwelling belong to the household or is it rented?
-Mark in the indicated space the code corresponding to the answer of the surveyed person


top
Canada 1981 — source variable CA1981A_TENURE — Tenure
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image


Question 11. Special cases
Mark "Owned" if the dwelling you occupy is owned or being bought by you and/or a member of this household even if (a) it is situated on rented or leased land or (b) it is part of a condominium (whether registered or unregistered). For census purposes, a condominium is a multi-unit residential complex in which dwellings are owned individually while land is held in joint ownership with others.
Mark "Rented" in all other cases even if the dwelling you occupy is (a) provided without cash rent or at a reduced rent, such as a clergyman's residence, a superintendent's dwelling in an apartment building, etc., or is (b) part of a co-operative. For census purposes, in a co-operative all members jointly own the co-operative and occupy their dwelling units under a lease agreement.


11. Is this dwelling:
Mark one box only

[] Owned or being bought by you or a member of this household?
[] Rented (even if no cash rent is paid)?


top
Canada 1991 — source variable CA1991A_TENURE — Tenure
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

H2. Is the dwelling:
Mark one circle only.
[] Owned by you or a member of this household (even if it is still being paid for)?
[] Rented (even if no cash rent is paid)?

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

H2. Tenure
Mark the circle labelled owned if you and/or another member of this household own or are buying the dwelling in which you live, even if the dwelling is on rented or leased land, or if it is part of a condominium.
For census purposes, a condominium is a multi-unit residential complex in which dwellings are owned individually while land is held in joint ownership with others.
Mark the circle labelled rented in all other cases, even if the dwelling you occupy is provided without cash rent or at a reduced rent (for example, a minister's residence or a superintendent's dwelling in an apartment building). Also, mark the circle labelled rented if the dwelling is part of a co-operative.
For census purposes, a co-operative is jointly owned by all members who occupy their dwelling units under a lease agreement.


top
Canada 2001 — source variable CA2001A_TENURP — Tenure
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

H2. Is this dwelling:
Mark "x" one circle only.
[] Owned by you or a member of this household (even if it is still being paid for)?
[] Rented (even if no cash rent is paid)?

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question H2 -- Owned or rented
Mark Owned if you and /or another member of this household own the dwelling in which you live, even if the dwelling is on rented or leased land, or if it is part of a condominium.
Mark Rented in all other cases, even if: the dwelling you occupy is provided without cash rent or at a reduced rent (for example, a minister's residence or superintendent's dwelling in an apartment building); the dwelling is part of a co-operative.


top
Canada 2011 — source variable CA2011A_TENURE — Dwelling ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Step E
Questions E1-E10 are about this dwelling.
The questions refer to May 10, 2011 unless otherwise specified.

A dwelling is a separate set of living quarters with a private entrance from the outside or from a common hallway or stairway inside the building. This entrance should not be through someone else's living quarters.

E2. Only ask Question E2 (a) if you are in a First Nations community, an Indian reserve or an Indian settlement. Otherwise, go to Question E2 (b).

(a) Is this dwelling band housing, or rented, or owned by you or a member of this household?

[] Band housing [Go to question E3.]
[] Owned (even if it is still being paid for) [Go to question E3.]
[] Rented (even if no cash rent is paid) [Go to question E3.]

(b) Is this dwelling rented or owned by you or a member of this household?

[] Owned (even if it is still being paid for)
[] Rented (even if no cash rent is paid)
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Step E: Housing
Questions E1 to E10 provide information to develop housing communities and projects.

Information on the number of rooms and bedrooms in homes and on housing costs is used to assess the economic situation of families. Governments use this information to measure levels of crowding within households and to develop housing programs.

Information on the age of dwellings and the need for repairs is used by municipalities to develop neighborhood improvement programs.

Question E2 -- Owned or rented
Mark the circle 'owned' if you and/or another member of this household own the dwelling in which you live, even if the dwelling is on rented or leased land, if it is part of a condominium or if it is being paid for by you or another member of your household. If the household contains both owners and renters, such as a boarder, the dwelling should be considered owned.

Mark the circle 'rented' in all other cases, even if the dwelling you occupy is provided without cash rent or at a reduced rent (e.g., a clergy's residence or a superintendent's dwelling in an apartment building), or the dwelling is part of a co-operative.


top
Chile 1960 — source variable CL1960A_OWNER — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

8. Tenure
[] 1 Owner
[] 2 Renter or subletter
[] 3 Usufructuary
[] 4 Other

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

8. Ownership

Write down how the dwelling is occupied, according to the following definitions:

a) Owner. If the dwelling belongs to the head of the family or to one of its members that resides there.

b) Tenant. If the family or group occupies and uses the dwelling through an agreement between the owner and the tenant, in exchange for a predetermined payment.

c) Sublessor. If the head of the family, a member of the family that lives in the dwelling, or the group that occupies the dwelling, rented it from someone else who, in turn, rented it from the owner.

d) Usufructuary. If the family or group that lives in a dwelling uses it with the permission of the owner, without paying rent.

e) Other

[p. 30]

Note that box 2 should be used both for "tenants" and "sublessors."

When any other type of occupancy is specified, in these cases mark box 4.

Make the notation according to what is indicated on the form.

top
Chile 1970 — source variable CL1970A_OWNER — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

12. Condition of tenure (ownership)
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question No. 12--Household's ownership condition


A. Ownership

This is the title that confers the right to occupy the dwelling. You should mark one of the following categories.

1) Owner: The Head or any member of the household is the owner of the dwelling.

2) Tenant: The Head of Household is a tenant and pays monthly rent.

3) Sublessor: The primary tenant rents a part of the dwelling to a Head of Household.

4) Usufructuary: He who occupies the dwelling or a part of it with the permission of the owner or tenant, without paying rent.

5) Other: Mark this choice for any other type of ownership, specifying what type it is.


top
Chile 1970 — source variable CL1970A_MORTGAGE — Mortgage status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

B. If owner, the dwelling occupied by this household is:
[] 1 Completely paid for
[] 2 Partially paid for

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question No. 12--Household's ownership condition


B. If it is an Owner

The dwelling occupied by the household can be in two conditions:

[p. 32]

1) Totally paid off
2) Partially paid off


top
Chile 1982 — source variable CL1982A_OWNER — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

11. What is the condition of ownership of the home?
1. Your own (paid completely or making payments) ____
2. Rented ____
3. Received for services ____
4. Free ____
5. Other (specify) ____

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

11. What is the household's ownership condition?

Intends to establish if the dwelling that the household occupies is their own, rented, or in another condition.

Owned: if the dwelling that the household occupies is totally paid or being paid in installments.

Rented: is where the Head of Household is a tenant and pays a monthly rent.

Given in return for services: in this case there are doormen, butlers, watchmen, administrators, public employees, private managers and employees, school and high school headmasters, armed forces and border guard personnel, etc. who occupy the household as part of the pay for their jobs.

[The above directions refer to a picture of question 11 in this section of the enumeration form.]

top
Chile 1992 — source variable CL1992A_OWNER — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

Only for private, occupied dwellings with people present (applies to questions 3 through 16)


3. The dwelling that you live in is:

[] 1 Owned (completely paid for)
[] 2 Owned (paying in installments)
[] 3 Rented
[] 4 Ceded in return for services
[] 5 Free
[] 6 ____ Other condition (specify)

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

3. The dwelling that you occupy is:

This questions seeks to establish if the dwelling occupied by the household is owned, rented, or in another ownership condition.

1. Owned (totally paid for).
2. Owned (being paid for in installments)
3. Rented
4. Given in return for services: This is a dwelling, occupied by a household, that has been assigned to that household in exchange for services or work done by one of the members of that household.

The following are found in this condition: school and high school headmasters, Armed Forces and Law personnel, employees and managers, administrators, butlers, doormen, etc.

5. Free: A dwelling occupied without any payments being made
6. Another Condition: Any type of dwelling that doesn't conform to the ownership conditions indicated above; please specify.

[The above directions refer to a picture of question 3 in this section of the enumeration form.]

top
Chile 2002 — source variable CL2002A_OWNER — Ownership/tenure of the dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

Only for private, occupied dwellings with people present [applies to questions 3 to 16]


3. The dwelling you occupy is:

[] 1 Owned (completely paid for)
[] 2 Owned (paying in installments)
[] 3 Rented
[] 4 Ceded in return for work or services
[] 5 Free

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

[Questions 3 through 16: Only for private dwellings which are occupied with people present.]


Question 3

[A graphic of question 3 on the census form is provided.]


top
Colombia 1973 — source variable CO1973A_OWNER — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

10. Occupancy

What is the means of occupancy?
By owner

[] 1 Totally paid
[] 2 Still paying on it

[] 1 Renting
[] 2 Subletting
[] 3 Occupied de facto (invader)
[] 4 Usufruct (is not owner and does not pay rent)

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question No. 10. Occupancy

[Below the text is a form.]

Read the question and the alternatives in their order and wait for the response of the person and mark "x" in the corresponding box. Take into account that the question makes reference to the Dwelling in which the interview is carried out.

In case of doubt be guided by the following definitions

Owner: totally paid. It is the situation of a household in which any of its members is owner of the dwelling and has totally paid for its value.

Owner: it is being paid for. It is the situation of a household in which any of its members acquired the dwelling and is paying for it at the moment of the Census.

Rented: when the members of a household pay a periodic sum (weekly, monthly), only for the right of living in this dwelling.

Sub-rented: when members of a household have rented part of a dwelling or other household, that is rented at the same time.

De facto occupant (invader, holder): when a household without having ownership over a lot builds a dwelling, owning only the construction or improvements, but not the land.

Usufruct. It is a situation of a census household, that with previous authorization of the owner of administrator, occupies a dwelling without being the owner of it, nor paying rent.


top
Colombia 1985 — source variable CO1985A_OWNER — How residence is occupied
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

23. This dwelling is
[] 1 Owned (even if mortgaged)
[] 3 Rented
[] 5 Loan or other

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question No. 23 Ownership of the dwelling

[Below the text is a form.]

Take into account that the question refers to a census dwelling.

Mark "x" in box 1, when any of the persons of a dwelling is the proprietor or owner of it, although the rest pay rent.

Mark "x" in box 3, when the members of a dwelling pay rent and none of them is the owner of the dwelling.

Mark "x" in box 5, when the inhabitants occupy a dwelling in loan or as de facto occupants (invader, holder) of any other form different than owned or rented.

top
Colombia 1993 — source variable CO1993A_TENURE — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

12. This household lives in
[] 1 Dwelling owned and paid for
[] 2 Dwelling owned and they are still paying for it
[] 3 Dwelling rented or sub-rented
[] 4 Other situation

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

12. This household lives in:

This question makes reference to the form of ownership of the space occupied by the household in the dwelling.

[Below the text is a form.]

Keep in mind the following criteria:

Owned dwelling, completely paid for
Corresponds to a dwelling that belongs to any of the members of the household and do not owe any sum for it.

Owned dwelling, it is being paid for
Corresponds to a dwelling that belongs to any of the members of the household and who owe some part of its value.

Rented or subleased dwelling
When one or more members of the family pay, for the right to inhabit this dwelling, a certain amount of money periodically (weekly, monthly, every two weeks).

Other condition
When a household occupies a dwelling in a condition different than the previous others. For example, they are owners of a building not more than a lot or the dwelling is in litigation (succession, inheritance, encroachment).


top
Colombia 2005 — source variable CO2005A_TENURE — Tenure status of the dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

10. Your household?: (expanded)
[] 1 Lives here renting or sub-renting

Amount of rent paid monthly (in Colombian Pesos) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
If rent is paid primarily 'in kind' write 99 999 999

[] 2 Lives here in a home that you own

[] 2.1 Totally paid for
[] 2.2 Being paid for

Amount paid monthly (in Colombian Pesos) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

[] 3 Lives here in this dwelling with permission of the owner, without payment
[] 4 Lives here in this dwelling by occupancy or possession without title, or collective property
[] 5 Lives here in another situation


top
Costa Rica 1963 — source variable CR1963A_TENURE — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
13. Tenure (occupied by:)

(mark only one box)

[] 1 Renter
[] 2 Owner
[] 9 Other
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Box No. 13- Tenure (occupied by)

Mark the box that corresponds according to if it is occupied by:

Owner: When a Dwelling belongs to one or more of its occupants.

Renter: When a Dwelling is occupied by one or more persons who pay an amount of money for inhabiting it.

Other: Include in this category Dwellings that are not occupied by "Owner" or "Tenant", agreeing with the two definitions above. For example: Dwellings ceded by family members, those occupied by pensioned or employees of a farm without paying rent for them, etc.

top
Costa Rica 1973 — source variable CR1973A_OWNERSHP — Occupancy and ownership status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

2. Occupancy - tenure - rental

Occupied:

[] 0 Rented

____ colones monthly rent

[] 1 X owned
[] 2 X other (specify)

Unoccupied:

[] 3 For rent
[] 4 For sale
[] 5 Summer home
[] 6 Under repair
[] 7 Under construction
[] 8 Other (specify) ____

[] 9 Unknown

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

4.4.- Question No. 2.- Occupancy, tenure, rental.

[Below the text is a filled out form.]

[p. 22]

4.4.1.- Occupied: is a Private Dwelling where one or more persons reside on the date of the census, May 14, 1973 or the day of enumeration.

It can be occupied under only one of the following forms of Ownership:


4.4.1.1.- Rented: When rent is paid for living in it.

If a Private Dwelling is rented, the amount in colones that is paid by the month should be written down. Do not write down cents. For example: If they pay 300, 50 colones, only write down 300.oo colones.

If the form of payment is not monthly, write it down in "Observations", for example: Weekly, every two weeks, annually, etc.

4.4.1.2.- Owned: is a Private dwelling that belongs to the Head of the Census Family or to some or all of the members of the family.

A dwelling is owned even when it is mortgaged, or is not completely paid for.

Hovels and dwellings in poor areas, write them down as owned.

4.4.1.3.- Other: Included in this form of ownership are private dwellings that are not found to be occupied, by "Renters" Rented or by "Owners" Owned.

Examples: When a family inhabits a dwelling freely [without paying]. When a worker or employee of a farm lives in a house for which rent is not paid, that is, the dwelling is ceded for the services that are provided, or for other reasons.


4.4.2.- Unoccupied: is a Private Dwelling in which one or more persons does not reside on the date of the census May 14, 1973 or the day of enumeration.

It can be unoccupied under only one of the following forms of ownership: for rent, for sale, for the summer, under repair, under construction, other, do not know.

When a dwelling is under construction, the degree of construction should be taken into account on the date of the census May 14, 1973 or the day of enumeration.

If a Private Dwelling is unoccupied because it is going to be torn down or is in the process of demolition, it should not be taken into account in the census.

Keep in mind that marginal and mobile dwellings, by definition, only are to be enumerated if they are occupied on the day of enumeration.

If the dwelling was written down as unoccupied, finish the enumeration of this dwelling with this question.


top
Costa Rica 1984 — source variable CR1984A_OWNERSHP — Occupancy and ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

2. Occupancy-Tenure-Rent

Occupied

[] 1 Rented
_ _ _ _ _ (monthly)
[] 2 Owned
[] 3 Other

Unoccupied

[] 4 For rent or sale
[] 5 Under construction or repair
[] 6 Summer home
[] 7 Other

If 4 - 7 are selected, end the interview here

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question 2: Occupancy-Tenure-Rent

(See Illustration on Page 22)

This second question of the dwelling form has the purpose of knowing if the private dwelling is found Occupied or Unoccupied. In the case in which the dwelling is found to be Occupied with respect to the Census Moment, that is to say, it has been inhabited before 12:00 the night of June 10 or 0 hours of June 11, 1984, you should make a distinction between those that are in it because the persons who reside in it pay a rent (Renters), and those occupied by a family that is its owner (Owners). The questionnaire leaves open the possibility that Occupied Dwellings will be found by other means, (for example: being poor or because it was ceded for reasons of work to the inhabitants, etc.) fact that should not be specified.

[p. 26]

In the end, you should mark with an X the alternative that corresponds, and only in the case that it is the first (Rented dwelling) write down the monthly amount in colones that is paid for rent.

In the case that the dwelling is found to be Unoccupied before the Census Moment, an X is marked in the circle that corresponds to the reason that explains why it is uninhabited, that is to say, "for rent or for sale", "under construction or repair", "for the summer", and "other" with the response not included in the previous ones and which it isn't specified in written form.

top
Costa Rica 2000 — source variable CR2000A_OCCUP — Occupancy and ownership
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question 2: Occupancy - Tenure

This question has the goal of establishing if the dwelling is occupied or unoccupied; also the condition of ownership or the reason for it not being occupied.

Mark with an "X" only one of the options.

[To the right of the text is a form.]

Occupied

It refers to a dwelling in which, at the moment of the census, one or more persons reside usually.

The dwelling can be:

Owned completely paid for: belongs to any of the members of the home and is found to be free of payments by loan or mortgage over the property.

Owned and being paid for in installments: belongs to any of the members of the home, but is not completely paid for, but rather it requires monthly payment in the form of a loan or mortgage on the property. In this case write down in colones the amount paid monthly.

Rented: The inhabitants of this dwelling pay a determined amount of money for residing in it. Write down in colones the amount paid monthly for rent.

Squatter: includes the dwellings that are located in lands that have been occupied without mediating any legal mechanisms of possession. It concerns that which is commonly known as "taken land" (tomas de tierra). Nevertheless, the dwelling was able to be constructed by its inhabitants but, because of being land that does not belong to them, it cannot be considered "owned".

Other: Any form of ownership like the cases in which the dwellings are ceded for reasons of work or kin relationships.

[p. 38]

Unoccupied

The individual dwelling is considered unoccupied when at the moment of the census, no one resides usually in it.

It can be unoccupied only under the following forms:

For rent or sale: When the dwelling is uninhabited because it has not been rented or bought.

Under construction or repair: in this case it is not inhabited because it is in the process of construction or repair.

Seasonal: is a dwelling designed to lodge persons occasionally (not permanent), since it is for purposes of recreation or rest or for work reasons. It can happen that at the census moment it is inhabited, but its members are not usual residents of it.

Other: Any other form not dealt with previously, like a house abandoned for demolition.

[To the left of the text is a picture of a house.]

Recommendation:

If you verify that the dwelling is unoccupied, mark the corresponding option and visit the next dwelling.

top
Costa Rica 2011 — source variable CR2011A_TENANCY — Dwelling tenancy status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
3. Is this dwelling...?

[] 1 Owned and totally paid
[] 2 Owned and making payments
[] 3 Rented
[] 4 Borrowed for work purposes
[] 5 Borrowed for other reasons (without pay)
[] 6 In a precarious condition
[] 7 Other
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Question 3: Possession of the dwelling

3. Is this dwelling...?

[] 1 owned and totally paid
[] 2 owned and making payments
[] 3 rented
[] 4 borrowed for work purposes
[] 5 borrowed for other reasons
[] 6 precarious condition
[] 7 other

In the case of the occupied dwelling you must mark the option that corresponds according to the status of possession, according to the following categories:

[p. 109]

Owned and totally paid: in these cases the dwelling has already been paid off.

Owned and making payments: it belongs to one of the persons of the dwelling but is not completely paid, but rather requires monthly payments in the form of a loan or mortgage on the property.

Rented: the habitants of this dwelling pay a third person a determined quantity in order to reside within.

Borrowed for work purposes: in this case the dwellings have been conceded to workers that reside within while the labor relation to the boss persists. These dwellings lodge private households.

Borrowed for other reasons (without pay): dwellings that have been borrowed or conceded to habitants for different reasons, other than work. This dwelling is used with the authorization of the owner without negotiating any payment in return for the use of the dwelling.

Precarious condition: the dwellings that are found located in terrains that have been occupied without mediating for them through legal mechanisms of possession are included in this category. This deals with what is commonly known as land dispossession. Because of this situation, the dwelling could have been built by its inhabitants but, for being in a terrain that does not belong to them, this cannot be considered "owned." Keep in mind that "precarious" is not a synonym for shanty and as such cannot be confused with the shanty category.

Other: the location of a dwelling is found in structures such as mobile homes, trucks, etc.


top
Dominican Republic 1981 — source variable DO1981A_OWNER — Ownership of the dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
23. Ownership/Tenure

a) In what form of tenure does this household occupy the dwelling or part of the dwelling?
[] 1 Owned, completely paid
[] 2 Owned, paying
[] 3 Rented
[] 4 Sub-rented
[] 5 Ceded
[] 9 Other form
b) If owned, paying, rented, or sub-rented, how much is paid monthly?
____ $RD
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Question 23: Tenure
a) What is the form of tenure of the dwelling or part of the dwelling occupied by this household?

The alternatives are read and the circle corresponding to the answer is filled in.

If necessary, it can be explained to the enumerated person that a sublease is when a person who is already a renter rents to another person.

Alternative 9, "Other form", can be when a house has been taken because it was abandoned or for another reason.
b) If the dwelling is owned-in payment, rented, or sublet; how much is the monthly payment?

The amount of the monthly payment is recorded in RD$.

top
Dominican Republic 2002 — source variable DO2002A_TENANCY — Tenancy
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Tenancy of the dwelling
11. This dwelling (or the part of it that is occupied by this household) is:

(Read all options and mark just one):

[] 1 Rented
[] 2 Owned by the household, paying mortgage
[] 3 Owned by the household, paid off
[] 4 Given or lent
[] 5 Other
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Question 11: This household (or part of it) is:

Read each option and fill in only one. If the ownership or possession of the house is none of the options on 1-4, fill in option 5 (other).


top
Dominican Republic 2010 — source variable DO2010A_TENANCY — Tenancy
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Section IV - Household characteristics

10. This household (or part of it) is:

Read all answers and mark only one.

[] 1 Owned, paid off?
[] 2 Owned, paying mortgage?
[] 3 Rented?
[] 4 Given or lent?
[] 5 Other?
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Question 10. This dwelling (or the part of it that is occupied by the household) is…?
This question gathers information about the classification of ownership of the household and what proportion of the household is: owned, paid off, owned and paying mortgage, rented, borrowed or given, other. This information will serve as a base in order to establish the relation of housing and ownership throughout the country.
Read all the options to the informant clearly and slowly, and then fill in the correct code answered by the informant. If the answer does not work for any of the options from 1 to 4 . Then fill in code 5 "Other".
Owned, completely paid off, is a household acquired by the head of household or other household member and it is completely paid off.
Owned, paying mortgage is a household acquired by the head of household or other household member, but he/she is still paying the mortgage. This is commonly the case of houses financed by the bank, especially in urban zones.
Rented is the household where the head of household or other member pays a monthly rent to live in all or part of the house.
Borrowed or given is the household that has been given as part of a salary or borrowed for free to a relative, friend or someone close to the family.

Other refers to any other situation in which a house is used, under any other form of ownership different from the ones previously mentioned.

top
Ecuador 1962 — source variable EC1962A_OWNER — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

Only for private, occupied dwellings
[Refers to items III through X]


VII. Tenure

[] 1 Owned
[] 2 Rented
Other ____ (specify)

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

VII. Tenure. According to the condition under which the dwelling is occupied, put an "X" in the corresponding box:

a) Owned. When the owner occupies the building;

b) Rented. When occupied by a renter; and,

c) Other. When occupied under a condition different from the two previous, such as without charge, share-cropping, in exchange for services, etc., (specify).


top
Ecuador 1974 — source variable EC1974A_OWNER — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

4. Tenure of the dwelling
[] 1 Owned
[] 2 Rented
[] 3 Loan-backed habitation contract
[] 4 Free
[] 5 For services
[] 6 Others

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

[Question No. 3]

[The following directions refer to a graphic representing question 3, "tenure of the dwelling, in this section of the enumeration form.]

Read all of the categories that appear on the form to the person being enumerated and mark the box with the answer given by the person being enumerated. If the person answers that they are paying to acquire it, mark the box owned. If the person answers that it is rented, ask the person how much they pay in monthly rent.

[Note that on the enumeration form, the question about tenure of the dwelling is question 4, rather than question 3. Also, it does not inquire as to the monthly rent.]

top
Ecuador 1982 — source variable EC1982A_OWNER — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

4. Tenure of the dwelling
The dwelling is:

[] 1 Owned
[] 2 Rented
[] 3 Free
[] 4 For services
[] 5 Other (for example, sharecropping)

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question 4. Tenure of the dwelling.

The dwelling is?:

Ask if the dwelling is owned, rented, free, etc. and put an X in the appropriate box.

top
Ecuador 1990 — source variable EC1990A_OWNER — Household ownership of the dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

7. In what state of tenure does this household occupy the dwelling?
[] 1 Owned
[] 2 Rented
[] 3 Free
[] 4 For services
[] 5 Other (for example, sharecropping) ____

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question 7. What is the condition of ownership of the dwelling for this household?

Read the categories in order and mark the box that corresponds to the answer that the informant gives.

Owned. If the dwelling belongs to the members of the household, whether it is completely paid for or they are making payments.

Rented, when they pay rent to inhabit the dwelling.

Free, when the dwelling is inhabited at no cost to the residents.

For services, when the dwelling is inhabited as part of payment for services rendered, for example: the dwelling assigned to the caretaker, concierge, etc.

Other, if the dwelling is inhabited in circumstances other than the above mentioned. For example: use of property in payment of a debt (antichresis), or rent for payment of debt, etc.

Question 7. What is the condition for occupancy of the dwelling for this household?

[ ] 1 Owned
[ ] 2 Rented
[ ] 3 Free
[ ] 4 For services
[ ] 5 Other (For example: use of property in payment of a debt)


top
Ecuador 2001 — source variable EC2001A_OWNERSHP — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

8. The dwelling occupied by this household is:
[ ] 1 Owned by occupants
[ ] 2 Rented
[ ] 3 Loan-backed habitation contract (anticresis, defined: occupants have use of property in payment of a debt, until the debt is paid)
[ ] 4 Free
[ ] 5 In payment of services
[ ] 6 Other (specify) ____

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question 8.- The dwelling that this household occupies is:

[There is a picture of question 8 from this section of the enumeration form.]

Read the responses in order and mark the box that corresponds to the response that the informant gives.

Owned.- If the dwelling belongs to one of the members of the household, whether it is totally paid or in the payment process.

Rented.- When some member of the household pays rent to live in the dwelling.

Loan-backed habitation contract (anticresis).- If there is a rental contract through which some member of the household that is renting the dwelling gives a quantity of money (capital) to the owner of the property in order to have the right to occupy the dwelling for a certain amount of time. In other words, the occupants of the dwelling are beneficiaries of the interest that this capital would generate if it were invested.

Free.- When the members of the household live in the dwelling without any cost.

For services.- When the members of the household live in the dwelling as part of the payment for services rendered. For example: the dwelling assigned to the caretaker, custodian, etc.

Other (specify).- If the members of the household lived in the dwelling under circumstances other than those previously mentioned.


top
Ecuador 2010 — source variable EC2010A_OWNERSHP — Dwelling ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

Section 2: Information about the household.
[Questions 1-15 were asked for private dwellings.]


15. The dwelling occupied by this household is:

[] 1 Owned and totally paid for?
[] 2 Owned and being paid for?
[] 3 Owned (gifted, donated, inherited, or though possession)
[] 4 Loaned or ceded (do not pay)?
[] 5 For services?
[] 6 Rented?
[] 7 Antichresis?


top
Egypt 1986 — source variable EG1986A_TENURE — Tenure
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Part A: Housing conditions

Living quarter

Tenure

[] 1 Usual rent
[] 2 Furnished rent
[] 3 Owned
[] 4 Publicly owned
[] 5 Grant
[] 6 In return of services
[] 7 Other
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Tenure
Put a circle around one of the number s from (1) to (6) according to the status but, if one of these status doesn't correspond put a circle round Number (7) in case if part of the living quarter is owned by inheritance and renting the other part (owned by the other heirs), the following is regarded in choosing the type of tenure.

1. Privately owned: This means if the household owns its living quarter by inheritance or by buying a part in a building or buying the whole building or by building it directly
2. Publicly owned: If the living quarter is bought by the publicly owned system which is used recently.
3. Grant: If the living quarter is owned freely (without money) as a result of a private relationship between the holder and the owner of the housing unit.
4. Issued by employer: In case the worker holds the living quarter free of cash rent with the permission of the owner or giving simple rent as part of his salary.


top
Egypt 1996 — source variable EG1996A_TENURE — Tenure status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

Occupancy status
[] 1 Rented
[] 2 Furnished
[] 3 Owned
[] 6 Granted
[] 7 Other

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Occupancy status:
Putting in ink the circle that is in front of one of the numbers from (1) to (6) according to the status and if neither of these status corresponds, the circle is put in front of the number (7) in ink as in the case of the ownership of a share in a living quarter by inheritance and renting the other part of it (owned by the rest heirs).

The following is regarded in choosing the type of occupancy status
1. Owned: this is when the household owns its living quarter by inheritance or as a result of buying a share in an estate or buying a whole estate or direct construction
2. Publicly owned: if the living quarter is bought by the currently used system investment with ownership and this system is sometimes done on a free housing unit
3. Grant: this is if the living quarter is owned free without money as a result of a special relation between the tenant and the owner of the housing unit for example, the owner may be father, mother, brother...etc.
4. In return of services: if the worker owns the living quarter free of cash money or pays little rent to the employer as a sample of his salary.

top
Egypt 2006 — source variable EG2006A_OWNERSHP — Ownership status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Table 2: Housing characteristics
[Questions in table 2 are asked of all persons, except for the question on educational status]

Ownership status

[] 1 Rent (old law)
[] 2 Rent (new law)
[] 3 Furnished rent
[] 4 Owned, totally paid for
[] 5 Owned, paying installments
[] 6 Grant
[] 7 Fringe benefits
[] 8 Others
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Table 2: Housing characteristics
Mark the correct response number in the square or squares allotted for answering each question. The answer also must be recorded in words beside the square for the questions on dwelling type and ownership type.


Type of ownership

1. Rented (old law)
2. Rented (new law)
3. Rented, furnished (housing has furniture)
4. Owned (inherited, purchased, constructed); ownership is for the whole dwelling
5. Owned; ownership of one housing unit as a part of the dwelling
6. Gift (from a relative, for example)
7. In kind privilege/fringe benefit (from a business owner, for example)
8. Other


top
El Salvador 1992 — source variable SV1992A_OWNRSHP — Tenure status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

II. Household information

2. Characteristics of the dwelling


[Questions 4-15 were asked of occupied private households, per question 3 and Section 1.]


12. What is the form of tenure of the dwelling?

[] 1 Owned
[] 2 Owned, paying in installments
[] 3 Rented
[] 4 Other tenure

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

4.2 Household information
Household: All places defined by walls and roofs where one or more people live regularly, that is where they sleep, cook and protect themselves from the elements. Also people can enter and leave the mentioned without passing through another house, having direct access from the street, passage, path or passing through common areas such as patios, hallways, corridors or stairs.


12. Tenure of the dwelling
What is the form of tenure of the dwelling?

Owned by resident(s):
The head of the family or some family occupant of the household is the owner.

Owned by resident(s) paying installments:
The head of the family or some family occupant of the household is paying in installments to become the owner of the dwelling.

Rented:
The head of the family or some family occupant of the household pays some value in exchange for renting.

Other type of tenure:
This is another status of ownership not included in the previous categories, for example: when the dwelling is occupied without any payment to the owner.


top
El Salvador 2007 — source variable SV2007A_OWNRSHP — Tenancy of the household
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

4. What is the ownership status [forma de tenencia] of the dwelling occupied by this household?
[] 1 Own dwelling
[] 2 Own dwelling paid in installments to a public institution
[] 3 Own dwelling paid in installments to a private institution
[] 4 Own dwelling being paid in installments to NGOs
[] 5 Rented
[] 6 Occupied for free
[] 7 Other status

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question 4: What is the ownership status of the dwelling occupied by this household?
Own dwelling:
This is when the head of household or a member of the household is the owner of the dwelling.

Own dwelling paid in installments to a public institution:
This is when the head of household or a member of the household is paying for the dwelling in installments as the owner of the dwelling. This might be to FONAVIPO, the Social Fund for Dwelling, etc.

Own dwelling paid in installments to a private institution:
This is when the head of household or a member of the household is paying for the dwelling in installments to a private institution such as a bank, a cooperative, etc.

Own dwelling paid in installments to NGOs:
This is when the head of the household or a member of the household is paying for the dwelling in installments to an NGO such as FUNDASAL, etc.


[Next page]

Rented:
This is when the head of household or a member of the household pays some value as rent.

Occupied for free:
This is when the dwelling is occupied without any payment to the owner, and no service has been provided in exchange.

Other status:
This includes those not included in previous categories.


top
Ethiopia 1984 — source variable ET1984A_TENURE — Dwelling tenure
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
51. What is the type of tenure of the housing unit?

[] 1 Owner occupied
[] 2 Rented from Kebele or City Residents Association
[] 3 Rented from public housing agency
[] 4 Paying difference in rent
[] 5 Rent free
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Column 51: What the type of tenure the housing unit?

Tenure indicates the proprietor of the house property. The house may be a private property of members of the household inhabiting in it and no one of them is paying rent. If the house is rented then the renter may be the Kebele Administration or Rental Hosing Administrative Agency.

Furthermore if a household is living in a house whose rent is higher than their own house at another location paying the difference the house they live in considered a rented house.

Properties free from rent include those owned by Kebele (local) Administration, government, or agencies and given to certain residents to live in without being charged or those entrusted to take care of the property by relative, friend, etc.

In this column ownership of the house is asked and the correct response from the list of codes given below will be circled and entered in card column 40.

1 = Owner occupied
2 = Rented from Kebele or City Residents Association
3 = Rented from public housing agency
4 = Paying difference in rent
5 = Rent free

top
Ethiopia 1994 — source variable ET1994A_TENUREU — Dwelling tenure (urban households)
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Section V: Detailed information on housing unit
[This version of Section V was asked for urban households.]

50. What is the type of tenure of the housing unit?

[] 1 Owner occupied
[] 2 Rented from Kebele
[] 3 Rented from Public Housing Agency
[] 4 Rented from other organization
[] 5 Paying difference in rent
[] 6 Rented from private household
[] 7 Rent free
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Section 4: Detail Information on Housing Units
General Instruction
The enumerator should closely consider the following points before collecting data about housing units.

1. Information on the housing units is collected if and only if the housing unit is used for residential purpose, be it for residence only or for residence and enterprise purposes on the date of enumeration.
2. If the housing unit is used only for enterprise purpose at the time of the census the information will not be collected.
3. In this section, all possible answers are coded and first circle the right code of the answer and then enter the code in the given card column.
4. While collecting information regarding the materials with which the wall, roof, ceiling and floor are made, the enumerator should also include his own observation to improve the quality of the data.
5. The enumerator is supposed to have a good understanding of the definitions of terms such as room, ceiling, protected well/spring, etc. and he should explain to the respondent, on such terms so that the can get the correct answer to the questions.
6. If there more than 10 members in the household and forced to use an additional questionnaire, the housing unit information is collected on the last page of the questionnaire and make "-" on housing section of the other questionnaires.
7. If two or more households are found in a single housing unit, information about the housing unit is collected only once. In other words if two households are found in one housing unit, information regarding the housing unit is collected by asking one of the households only. However, the housing unit will be considered as having a certain amenity, if one of the household reports them.
8. For collective quarters, for hotel/hostel residents housing data will not be collected. To indicate that housing information will not be collected, make "-" in the all columns. The enumerator should however, remember that housing information will be collected for the regular households residing in collective quarters, hotel/hostel, etc.
Chapter Four
Instructions for Filling the Population and Housing Census Questionnaires in Urban Areas

Two types of census questionnaires are prepared for urban areas: short and long questionnaires. The long questionnaire will be filled in for the selected sample households, for all hotels/hostels and for other collective quarters' inmates. It should be noticed again that the short questionnaire is to be filled in for the rest households (for unselected households). The instruction given below is to fill in the long questionnaire and this instruction is again used to the short questionnaire because questions included in the short questionnaire are parts and parcels of the long questionnaire. The questionnaire is filled in for residents of housing units coded as code 1, 2, 3 or 4 is entered in column 11. Note that, only short questionnaire will be administered for homeless peoples.

Section 4: Detail Information on Housing Units
General Instruction

In this section information on urban housing units are collected.
The enumerator should closely consider the following points before collecting data about housing units.

1. Information on the housing units is collected if and only if the housing unit is used for residential purpose, be it for residence only or for residence and enterprise purposes on the date of enumeration.
2. If the housing unit is used only for enterprise purpose at the time of the census the information will not be collected.
3. In this section, all possible answers are coded and first circle the right code of the answer and then enter the code in the given card column.
4. If there is a radio and television in the housing unit we record it but if it is out of order the household does not have the intention to maintain it again we consider as there is no radio or television in the housing unit.
5. While collecting information regarding the materials with which the wall, roof, ceiling and floor are made, the enumerator should also include his own observation to improve the quality of the data.
6. The enumerator is supposed to have a good understanding of the definitions of terms such as room, ceiling, protected well/spring, etc. and he should explain to the respondent, on such terms so that the can get the correct answer to the questions.
7. If there more than 10 members in the household and forced to use an additional questionnaire, the housing unit information is collected on the last page of the questionnaire and make "-" on housing section of the other questionnaires.
8. If two or more households are found in a single housing unit, information about the housing unit is collected only once. In other words if two households are found in one housing unit, information regarding the housing unit is collected by asking one of the households only. However, the housing unit will be considered as having a certain amenity, if one of the household reports them.
9. For collective quarters, for hotel/hostel residents housing data will not be collected. To indicate that housing information will not be collected, make "-" in the all columns. The enumerator should however, remember that housing information will be collected for the regular households residing in collective quarters, hotel/hostel, etc.
Column 50: What is the type of tenure of the housing unit?

This refers to how the residents hold the housing unit and there are various possibilities for such a case. A housing unit is said to be privately owned by the members of the household/residents of none of them pay any money in the form of rent. The housing unit may be rented from Kebele, Rental Houses Agency or from other organization or individual. A case may also arise where individuals pay a rent difference due to the reason that the rent of the housing unit is which they are currently residing is higher than the rent of the housing unit they used to live in before. Such housing unit is also considered as rented. The relevant code is circled and entered in the space provided.

A housing unit is also said to be held free of rent if it is given to the household without any rent from kebele, government, or other organizations or from relatives, friends, etc.
The enumerator is thus, expected to circle the correct code from the given alternatives.

1 = Owner occupied
2 = Rented from kebele
3 = Rented from Rental Houses Agency
4 = Rented from other organization
5 = Paying difference in rent
6 = Rented from private household
7 = Rent free

top
Ethiopia 2007 — source variable ET2007A_TENURE — Dwelling tenure
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Section 5: Information on housing unit

15. What is the type of tenure of the housing unit?

[] 1 Owner occupied
[] 2 Rent free
[] 3 Rented from Kebele
[] 4 Rented from agency of rented houses
[] 5 Rented from other organization
[] 6 Rented from private household
[] 7 Occupied by paying rent difference
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Question 15:- What is the type of tenure of the housing unit?

This refers to how the residents hold the housing unit and there are various possibilities for such a case. A housing unit is said to be privately owned by the members of the household/residents of none of them pay any money in the form of rent. The housing unit may be rented from Kebele, Rental Houses Agency or from other organization or individual and, therefore, the codes 3 - 6 should be marked accordingly. A case may also arise where individuals pay a rent difference due to the reason that the rent of the housing unit is which they are currently residing is higher than the rent of the housing unit they used to live in before. In such a case the enumerator should mark code 7.

A housing unit is also said to be held free of rent if it is given to the household without any rent from kebele, government, or other organizations or from relatives, friends, etc.
The enumerator is thus, expected to mark the correct code from the given alternatives.

1 = Privately owned by the members of the household/ residents
2 = Free of rent
3 = Rented from kebele
4 = Rented from Rental Houses Agency
5 = Rented from other organization
6 = Rented from private household
7 = Occupied difference in rent

top
Fiji 1986 — source variable FJ1986A_TENURE — Occupancy status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

9. Tenure
Does this household:


[] 1 Own these living quarters
[] 2 Rent them from a private landlord
[] 3 Rent them from the Housing Authority
[] 4 Occupy government or institutional housing
[] 5 Occupy housing by leave of the employer
[] 6 Squatter
[] 7 Occupy living quarters in some other way, specify

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question 9 - Tenure

210. This question refers to the arrangements by which a household occupies its living quarters. Ask, "Does this household pay rent for its living quarters?"

211. If the answer is 'no', the household either owns the living quarters or occupies them in some other way.

Owning means that the household or a member of it owns the living quarters or is paying for them by installments or by home finance. No rent is paid, nor does the household occupy its quarters with someone else's permission.

If the household pays no rent but does not own its living quarters, it either occupies them with an employer's permission, as in the case of live-in domestic servants, or in some other way which you should describe.

We are concerned to distinguish squatter housing from other housing. If you are working in a squatter area or settlement, tick the box 'squatter' irrespective of whether the household owns or rents the living quarters or occupies them in some other way.


212. If the answer is 'yes' and the household does pay rent for its living quarters, ask: "Who is the rent paid to?" and tick the appropriate box.

213. If you cannot decide on the right box, describe the arrangements by which the household occupies its quarters and tick the last box.

top
Fiji 1996 — source variable FJ1996A_TENURE — Living quarters tenure
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

H9. Tenure: The living quarters
Does this household
[] 1. Own or have a mortgage on these living quarters
[] 2. Rent them from a Private Landlord
[] 3. Rent them from the Public Rental Board
[] 4. Occupy government or institutional housing
[] 5. Occupy this housing by leave of the employer
[] 6. Pay no rent or have an informal renting arrangement with the landowner
[] 7. Other, specify _____

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

187. Question H9 - Tenure - The living quarters

This question refers to the arrangements by which a household occupies its living quarters.
Ask,
'Does this household pay rent for its living quarters?'

188. If the answer is 'no', the household either owns the living quarters or occupies them in some other way.

Owning means that the household or a member of it owns the living quarters or is paying for them by installments. No rent is paid, nor does the household occupy its quarters with someone else's permission.

If the household pays no rent but does not own its living quarters, it either occupies them with an employer's permission, as in the case of living-in domestic servants, or in some other way which you should describe.


189. If the answer is 'yes' and the household does pay rent for its living quarters,
Ask
'Who is the rent paid to?'

and insert the appropriate code.

If you cannot decide on the category box, describe the arrangements by which the household occupies its quarters under 'other'.

top
Fiji 2007 — source variable FJ2007A_TENURE — Tenure of living quarters
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

[Questions H1-14 were asked of all households.]


H9. Tenure: living quarters.
State type of tenure of the living quarters occupied by the household.

[ ] 1 Own or have a mortgage
[ ] 2 Rent from private landlord
[ ] 3 Rent from Public Rental Board
[ ] 4 Occupy government or institutional housing
[ ] 5 Occupy by leave of employer
[ ] 6 Caretaker
[ ] 7 Other, specify____


top
Fiji 2014 — source variable FJ2014A_OWNERSHP — Tenure of the living quarters
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Household and housing
[Put appropriate number in right hand box]

[H9] Tenure: living quarters

State type of tenure of the living quarters occupied by the household
[] 1 Own or have a mortgage
[] 2 Rent from private landlord
[] 3 Rent from public rental board
[] 4 Occupy government or institutional housing
[] 5 Occupy by leave of employer
[] 6 Caretaker
[] 7 Other, specify ____

top
Finland 2010 — source variable FI2010A_OWNERSHP — Tenure status
Other source documentation view entire document:  text  image
Dwellings and housing conditions
The statistics on dwellings and housing conditions are produced annually and describe the existing stock, number of dwellings, and housing conditions of household-dwelling units on the last day of the year.

Tenure status
Dwellings are classified according to tenure status as follows:

Owner-occupied dwelling

-- occupant of the dwelling owns the house
-- occupant of the dwelling owns shares in housing corporation

Rented dwelling

-- rented dwelling subsidised by the State
-- rented dwelling with interest support loan
-- other rented dwelling

Right of occupancy dwelling
Other tenure status

-- e.g. life annuity, kinship

Tenure status unknown

In the dwelling stock statistics the tenure status is mainly defined for permanently occupied dwellings.


top
France 1962 — source variable FR1962A_TENURE — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

4. Are you?
[] 1 Owner of the house or the building where your dwelling is located? (including the different forms of access to the building, whether it is rent or sale.
[] 2 Owner of your dwelling in a condominium
[] 3 housed by your employer (for free or for a fee) for the duration of your performed function or work contract.
[] 4 housed for free, for example by parents?
[] 5 renter or subletter of an empty site?
[] 6 renter or subletter of a furnished site, a hotel room or furnished apartment?
___If you are in a situation not provided above, describe it.


top
France 1968 — source variable FR1968A_OWNERSHP — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

4. Are you
[] 1 owner of the house or the building where your dwelling is found? including various forms of access to your property (including sale or rent)
[] 2 owner of your dwelling in a condominium?
[] 3 housed by your employer (for free or for a fee) for the duration of your work function or work contract?
[] 4 housed for free, for example by parents? (including the case of people occupying a dwelling that they have sold for life annuity).
[] 5 renter or subletter of an empty rented space?
[] 6 renter or subletter of a furnished rented space, a hotel room, or furnished apartment?
___ If you are in a case not provided above, describe it:

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

4.3.2 Question 4: Occupational status.
Question 4 should receive one single answer among the five answer choices proposed.
Boxes 1 and 2: You are to include among the owners the people who had the structure built on credit by a construction company whether or not the payment has been met or not.
In box 1:
- the owners of a private house living there;
- the owners of the whole residential building of in which they live in one of the apartments;
[p.27]
Box 2: This category is only for residential buildings under joint ownership or owned by a company (1) For such buildings, you are to include in this category the dwellings where their joint owners live (or members of the company).
The beneficiaries to a will living on a property in joint ownership should not be classified in this category. These people should be counted in box 1.
Box 3: The people who should be included in this category are those who work and who are lodged there by their owner for free or for a fee, and for whom the dwelling is a part of their work contract binding the owner and the paid employee (that is to say that, if the person changes employers, he/she must leave that dwelling). Examples: teacher having professional accommodations, stationmaster, concierge or caretaker of a factory living within factory property, etc.
These people especially are to be excluded and classified in box 4:
- people, for example, retirees, having kept their former professional accommodation.
- renters of a dwelling belonging to their employer, but for which the dwelling is not mentioned in the work contract and which could be, as a consequence, kept when changing employer.
Box 5: You will check this box for all renters, people subletting in an unfurnished rented local, with the exception of those lodged there by their employer (box 3).

top
France 1975 — source variable FR1975A_OWNERSHP — Ownership of the dwelling
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

4.3.2. Question 4: Occupational status.
Question 4 should receive one single answer among the five answer choices proposed.
Box 1:
Are in this case:
- the owners of a private house living there;
- the owners of the whole residential building of in which they live in one of the apartments;
- people who live in a dwelling in which they are co- owner or member in partial ownership of a building in a business. (1);
- The beneficiaries of a succession who live in a property in joint ownership.
Among the owners you must include the people who had the building constructed on advanced credit by a construction company, whether the payment has been completed or not.
[Footnote] (1) In the case of a building belonging to a business, the actions give right to the life interest of a dwelling.
[p.44]
Box 2: They are only to include in this category people who work and who are sheltered there by their employer, for free or through payments, and for which the dwelling is a requisite of the work contract linking the employer and the employee (that is to say that, if the person changes employer, he must leave his dwelling). Examples: teacher having professional accommodations, stationmaster, concierge or caretaker of a factory living within factory property, etc.
These especially are to be excluded and classified in box 4:
- people, for example, retirees, having kept their former professional accommodation.
- renters of a dwelling belonging to their employer, but for which the dwelling is not mentioned in the work contract and which could be, as a consequence, kept when changing employer.
Box 4: You will check box 4 for all the renters or persons who sublet an empty rented place, with the exception of those who are sheltered by their employer (box 2).

top
France 1982 — source variable FR1982A_OWNERSHP — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

4. Are you:
Owner of your residence or the house where your dwelling is found? (including the various forms of access to the property including rent or sale and location-attribution.

Housed by your employer (for free or for a fee) for the duration of your function or your work contract?

Housed for free, for example by parents? (including the situation of people occupying a dwelling that they have sold for life annuity or in which they have life interest by enjoyment)?

Renter or subletter of an unfurnished rented place?

Renter or subletter of a furnished rented place, of a hotel room?

___ If you are in a situation different than those above, describe it:


top
France 1982 — source variable FR1982A_MORTGAGE — Mortgage
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

5. If you are owner of your dwelling (answer questions 1 to 4)
For the purchase of this dwelling, did you borrow money which you have not yet paid off?
[] 1 Yes
[] 0 No
Answer "yes" in the case of rent or sale or location-attribution.


top
France 1990 — source variable FR1990A_OWNERSHP — Ownership

No questionnaire text is available for this sample.


top
France 1999 — source variable FR1999A_OWNER — Occupation status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

5. Are you?
[] 1 Owner of the dwelling (including the various selling rights)
[] 2 Renter or subletter of an unfurnished rented dwelling
[] 3 Renter or subletter of a rented furnished dwelling or a hotel room
[] 4 Living for free, for example through the parents, friends or your employers (including the case of people occupying a dwelling which they have sold for a life annuity or for which they have life interest.)


top
France 2011 — source variable FR2011A_OCCUPDW — Detailed housing occupancy status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Characteristics and comforts of the dwelling

6) Are you:

[ ] 1 The owner of this dwelling (including if you are currently purchasing it, have joint ownership, or if you have rights by usufruct)?
[ ] 2 A renter or subtenant of dwelling, unfurnished?
[ ] 3 A renter or subtenant of the dwelling or room, furnished?
[ ] 4 Living for free, for example from parents, friends, or employer (including persons living in a dwelling that that they sold for life annuity)?

top
Germany 1971 — source variable DE1971A_HH1TEN — Tenancy status of first household
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

You occupy the residence as:
Please mark applicable

[] 1 Tenant
[] 2 Member of a housing cooperative
[] 3 Owner
[] 4 Subtenant

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Do you live in the dwelling as (mark one of the following): tenant (1), member of a housing cooperative (2), owner (3), subtenant (4)

top
Germany 1971 — source variable DE1971A_HH2TEN — Tenancy status of the second household
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

You occupy the residence as:
Please mark applicable

[] 1 Tenant
[] 2 Member of a housing cooperative
[] 3 Owner
[] 4 Subtenant

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Do you live in the dwelling as (mark one of the following): tenant (1), member of a housing cooperative (2), owner (3), subtenant (4)

top
Germany 1981 — source variable DE1981A_OWN1HH — Tenancy status of 1st household

No questionnaire text is available for this sample.


top
Germany 1987 — source variable DE1987A_DWOWNER — Dwelling ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

Question 1: Do you occupy the dwelling/rooms as...?
Households in residential homes mark category b: "Main tenant (including annuitant)", unless they own the dwelling.


Data on dwelling


1. Do you occupy the dwelling/rooms as:

[] 1 Owner, co-owner or prospective buyer
[] 2 Main tenant (including annuitant)
[] 3 Sub-tenant


top
Ghana 2000 — source variable GH2000A_TENURE — Tenure or holding arrangement
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

H05 Tenure/holding arrangement: What is the present holding/tenancy arrangement for this dwelling?
[] 1 Owning
[] 2 Renting
[] 3 Rent-free
[] 4 Perching

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

H05: Tenure/holding arrangement: What is the present holding/tenancy arrangement with regard to this household?

Tenure refers to the arrangements under which the household occupies all or part of the living quarters (housing unit or compound).

The classification of households by tenure is as follows:-
1. Owning: Where the household or a member of the household owns the living quarters (housing unit or compound). This category includes housing units that are being purchased.

2. Renting: Refers to an arrangement where some amount is paid periodically (weekly, monthly, etc.) for the space (living quarters) occupied by the household. It includes situations where (i) members of a household rents all or part of the housing unit/compound as a main tenant or (ii) member of a household rents part of housing unit/compound as a sub-tenant.

3. Rent-Free: Refers to a situation where the household occupies their premises (living quarter) rent-free (i.e. free from cash rent) with or without the permission of the owner.

4. Perching: Perching generally refers to an arrangement where a person/household moves in to join another household in their living quarters, usually for a short term duration (on temporary basis) while the former makes arrangements to relocate.

top
Ghana 2010 — source variable GH2010A_TENANCY — Present holding or tenancy arrangement
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
H: Housing conditions (household population only)
[For vacant housing unit fill only H01, H02, and H04]

H05: Tenure/holding arrangement
What is the present holding/tenancy arrangement of this dwelling?

[] 1 Owner occupied
[] 2 Renting
[] 3 Rent-free
[] 4 Perching
[] 5 Squatting
[] 6 Other (specify) ____
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
H05. Tenure/holding arrangement: What is the present holding/tenancy arrangement with regard to this household?

Tenure refers to the arrangements under which the household occupies all or part of the living quarters (housing unit or compound). Six categories have been provided for this question. You should mark the appropriate box.

1. Owner occupied - If the household or a member of the household owns the living quarters (housing unit or compound), it should be classified under this category. This category also includes housing units that are being purchased.

2. Renting - This category refers to an arrangement where money is paid periodically (weekly, monthly, yearly etc.) for the space (living quarters) occupied by the household. It includes situations where:
(i) Members of a household rent all or part of the housing unit/compound as a main tenant or
(ii) Member of a household rents part of housing unit/compound as a sub-tenant.
3. Rent-free - This category refers to a situation where the household occupies their premises (living quarter) rent-free (i.e. free from cash rent) with or without the permission of the owner.

4. Perching - Perching generally refers to an arrangement where a person/household moves in to join another household in their living quarters; usually for short term (on temporary basis) while he/she makes arrangements to relocate.

5. Squatting - This category refers to a situation where the household occupies their premises without permission from owners and without paying for it.

6. Other (specify) - All other types of holding/tenancy arrangements of living quarters which do not fall into the categories indicated above must be specified in the space provided.

top
Ghana 2010 — source variable GH2010A_OWNERSHP — Dwelling ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
H: Housing conditions (household population only)
[For vacant housing unit fill only H01, H02, and H04]

H06: Ownership type
Who owns the dwelling?

[] 1 Owned by household member
[] 2 Being purchased (e.g. mortgage)
[] 3 Relative not household member
[] 4 Other private individual
[] 5 Private employer
[] 6 Other private agency
[] 7 Public/government ownership
[] 8 Other (specify) ____
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
H06. Ownership type: Who owns this dwelling?

This question refers to the type of ownership of the living quarters themselves and not the land on which the living quarters are constructed. Type of ownership must not be confused with tenure, which is discussed in question H05.

Living quarters are classified by type of ownership as follows: Shade the appropriate circle.

1. Owned by household member - In this category the dwelling is owned wholly or partly by the household member (who owes nothing on the dwelling) and who is also occupying it with other household members.

2. Being purchased - This refers to living quarters being purchased by a household member and paid for in installments e.g. under mortgaged arrangement, loans from banks or individuals.

3. Relative not member of household - This refers to living quarters owned by a person who is not a member of the household but related to the household member(s).

4. Other private individual - This category refers to the living quarters (housing units/compound) which are owned by persons not related to the occupants.

5. Private employer - This refers to living quarters (housing unit) that have been provided by the employer (private employer) for the household. The private employer may or may not own the housing unit.

6. Other private agency - This refers to living quarters (housing unit) that are privately owned by other private agencies, corporations, cooperatives, housing associations, estate developers, etc.

7. Public / Government ownership - Included in this category are living quarters owned by the public sector, such as the central government, local government, (district assemblies) public boards and corporations.

8. Other (specify) - All other types of ownership of living quarters which do not fall into the categories indicated above must be specified in the space provided.

top
Greece 1971 — source variable GR1971A_TENURE — Household tenure
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

The householder or member of the household occupies the dwelling as:
[] 1 Owner
[] 2 Renter
[] 3 Other


top
Greece 1971 — source variable GR1971A_OWNER — Owner of the dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

If it is a regular dwelling, ask all the following questions. If not, go to question 10.


9. Ownership. The owner of the dwelling is:
[] 1 Individual person
[] 2 Legal Entity of Private Law
[] 3 The State or Legal Entity of Public Law

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Questions 2-9 should not be completed for irregular dwellings.


61. Question 9 Ownership

[Omitted, question 9 is repeated]

[p. 27]

Select response 1 if the owner of the dwelling is an individual, such as the householder, any other member of the household, or any other person who is not a member of the household. Select response 2 if the owner is a Legal Entity of Private Law (e.g., a company, a union, etc.). Select response 3 if the owner is the State or a Legal Entity of Public Law (e.g., Municipality, University, School, Hospital, Asylum, or any other legal entity of public law).

The owner of the dwelling is the individual or legal entity that the dwelling belongs to, not the tenant who resides there and who either pays rent, is squatting, or has permission to use the dwelling without payment of rent.


top
Greece 1981 — source variable GR1981A_OWNERSHP — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

The householder or member of the household occupies the dwelling as:
[] 1 Owner
[] 2 Renter
[] 3 Other


top
Greece 1981 — source variable GR1981A_OWNER — Household owner
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

10. Ownership: The owner of the dwelling is:
[] 1 Individual person
[] 2 Legal Entity of Private Law (Company, Union, etc.)
[] 3 The State or Legal Entity of Public Law (Municipality, Social Insurance Organization, etc.)

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

84. Question 10 Ownership

[Omitted, question 10 is repeated]

Case 1 is recorded if the owner of the dwelling is an individual, like the householder or any other member of the household or any other person that is not a member of the household.

Case 2 is recorded if the owner is a Legal Entity or Private Law (e.g. company, union etc.).

[p 34]

Case 3 is recorded if the owner is the State or Legal Entity of Public Law (e.g. Municipality, University, School, Hospital, Asylum, and any legal entity of public law).

Owner of the dwelling is the individual or legal entity that the dwelling belongs to and not the tenant that resides in it paying rent, without leave, or is allowed to use it without paying rent.

top
Greece 1991 — source variable GR1991A_OWNERSHP — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

5. The householder or other member of the household occupies the dwelling as:

Household 1
[] 1 a. Owner
[] 2 b. Renter
[] 3 c. Other
Household 2
[] 1 a. Owner
[] 2 b. Renter
[] 3 c. Other
Household 3
[] 1 a. Owner
[] 2 b. Renter
[] 3 c. Other
Household 4
[] 1 a. Owner
[] 2 b. Renter
[] 3 c. Other


top
Greece 1991 — source variable GR1991A_OWNER — Owner status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image


12. Ownership

The owner of the dwelling is:
[] 1 Individual person
[] 2 Legal Entity of Private Law (Company, Union, etc.)
[] 3 The State or Legal Entity of Public Law (Municipality, Social Insurance Organization, etc.)


top
Greece 2001 — source variable GR2001A_OWNERSHP — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

5. The householder or another member of the household occupies the dwelling as
[] a. Owner
[] b. Renter
[] c. Other

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question 5: Item 3 refers to cases where the use of a dwelling is transferred to another party without payment, arbitrary occupation (squatting), etc.

top
Greece 2001 — source variable GR2001A_OWNER — Type of owner
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
(Questions 2 to 13 in Part A are to be completed only if the answer to question 1 is 1 or 2.)


13. Ownership

The owner of the dwelling is
[] 1 Individual person
[] 2 Legal Entity of Private Law (Company, Union, etc.)
[] 3 The State, or Legal Entity of Public Law (Municipality, Social Insurance Organization, etc.)


top
Greece 2011 — source variable GR2011A_OWNERSHP — Tenure
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Amenities of household (only for inhabited dwellings)
[Questions were asked of all household]

17. The household occupies the dwelling as:

[] 1 Owner
[] 2 Shareholder or residential corporation
[] 3 Renter
[] 4 Other arrangement
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Question 17
[Omitted question as in the form]
That question will be answered with X only for inhabited dwellings [normal or not].
[] In case 1, answer if one or more household members own the house as owners.
[] In case 2, answer when a household member living in this house holds dividends from housing cooperatives that entitle them to stay for a few years.
[] In case 3, answer, if one or more household members own the house as tenants.
[] In case 4, answer for dwellings which were granted without fee or occupied or in any other than the three previous cases.

top
Guatemala 1964 — source variable GT1964A_OWNERSHP — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
IV. Ownership
[Mark only one box in this division]

15. Ownership

[] 1 Owned
[] 2 Rented
[] 3 Other (specify) ____
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
IV. Ownership

In this part of the form, we want to know in what condition the dwelling is inhabited, either as an owner, a renter, or in another way, for which you will mark one of the three small boxes that are found on the form.

You will note the category of "owned" when its owners occupy the dwelling, even when they are not the owners of the land. This situation occurs in some plots where the person builds on the lot even when this is not registered to his or her name because he or she has not finished paying for the land, or when the rustic rural dwelling is build by a tenant farmer, to whom the land is loaned so that the person builds his or her own dwelling, or when the dwelling is built on a municipal land. You will also note that the dwelling is owned when the value of the property is being paid for in installments, such as is the case of lots, neighborhoods built by banking institutions, etc. In the case of collective dwellings, it is not necessary that the owner occupy the building physically. For example: if a person has a building in which a boarding school is established, even if the person lives elsewhere, it is considered that the institution (school) is the owner of the building.

Rented dwellings are those for which a quantity of money is paid for its rent. The same comment made about the dwellings occupied by their owners is valid in this case. If the owner of the boarding school is not the owner of the building, but it is obtained through a rental agreement, it will be noted as rented.

The other forms of occupation correspond to dwellings not included in either of the two categories mentioned. For example: a) a house given by an employer to be occupied by one of his workers without payment; and b) the dwelling occupied by family members of the owner and for which no payment is received for the occupation. To be able to have the most complete information, it is recommended that you specify the way by which the dwelling is occupied.

In the case that the dwelling is rented, line 16 asks for information about the monthly value that is paid for rent, for which you should note the value in Quetzals that is paid monthly by the renter for the dwelling rent.


top
Guatemala 1981 — source variable GT1981A_OWNERSHP — Dwelling ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
III. Living situation of household number

7. Ownership system

Under what ownership system does this household occupy the place of habitation?

[] 1 Completely paid
[] 2 Paying in installments
____ Quetzales [Guatemalan currency] (monthly amount)
[] 3 Rented
____ Quetzales (monthly amount)
[] 4 Ceded
[] 5 Other
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
III. Living situation of household number

The questions included in this part of the form should be investigated for each of the households that are residing in the dwelling at the time of the Census.

The following specific instructions will allow the enumerator to carry out the work more efficiently.


Question 7: tenure

1. How to formulate the question

Under what tenancy condition does the household occupy the dwelling?

[p. 48]

The following definitions will allow the enumerator to correctly investigate this question:

Completely paid for: The dwelling occupied by the household in which one of the members has acquired the right to the real estate property via purchase, with cash, credit, or through inheritance etc. This is the case only if it has been completely paid for by the time of the census.

Paying in installments: The dwelling occupied by the household in which one of the members has acquired the right to the real estate property through a credit purchase. A mortgage is still held at the time of the Census.

Rented: The dwelling occupied by the household that pays the owner or subtenant an amount of money or its equivalent in-kind or in services.

Loaned: The dwelling occupied by the household, with the express permission of the owner, for which no rent is paid.

Other: Any other form of tenure that cannot be classified into the above categories.

2. How to record the data

Once the type of tenure has been identified, the enumerator will circle the number corresponding to the answer given.

When the dwelling is being paid for or is being rented, the amount of the monthly mortgage (in payment) or rent (rented) payment in Quetzales [Guatemalan currency] is requested and recorded.

3. Example:

[These instructions refer to a graphic of question 7 of the census form]


top
Guatemala 1994 — source variable GT1994A_OWNERSHP — Condition of dwelling ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
III. Inhabited condition of the household

8. Ownership system

In what condition does this household occupy this dwelling?

[] In property
[] 1 Completely paid
[] 2 Paying in installments
_ _ _ _ _ Quetzales [Guatemalan currency] (whole numbers)
[] 3 Rented
_ _ _ _ _ Quetzales [Guatemalan currency] (whole numbers)
[] 4 Ceded (loaned)
[] 5 Other (specify), ____

top
Guatemala 2002 — source variable GT2002A_OWNERSHP — Dwelling ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Chapter IV. Habitation situation of the household

[Questions 1 to 4 are asked of all dwellings]

1. Under what condition is this dwelling occupied?

[] 1 In property / owned
[] 2 In rental
[] 3 Ceded (loaned)
[] 4 Other
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Section 4: Household housing status

The information you record in this section is for each household in a dwelling.

1. Ownership status
Ask, "In what capacity does the household occupy this dwelling?"

[A graphic of question 1, from section 4 of the census form, is included here.]

[p. 43]

Owner: This is when one of the members of the household has acquired property rights to the dwelling by purchasing it with cash or on credit. At the time of the census, it is paid for completely or is being paid off in installments. This option includes premises received as an inheritance.

Renter: This is when one of the members of the household pays the owner or subtenant of the dwelling a certain amount of money, or a money substitute with goods or services.

Borrowed: This is when the members of the household occupy the dwelling without paying rent and with the express authorization of the owner.

Other: This is any other form of tenancy not covered by the previous options. This category includes dwellings in which a member of the household owns the structure but not the land, as in the case of squatters' settlements.


top
Guinea 1983 — source variable GN1983A_TENURE — Type of occupancy
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

Section B: Housing questionnaire


II. Characteristics of the dwelling unit


(f) Type of occupancy

[] 1 Landlord
[] 2 Tenant
[] 3 Free lodging
[] 9 Other

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

14. Characteristics of the Dwelling Unit
91. The characteristics to record here are those of the building inhabited by the head of household, namely: the type of exterior walls and roof, the layout/appearance of the terrain; type of lightings and water use and supply.


Type of Occupancy

97. Any person lodged in a building or an apartment where he/she is not the owner, even if he/she is housed by the Party-State and pays a minimal rent, is considered to be a renter. The "Function" occupation is reserved for any person housed by the Party-State or a private enterprise (or joint public-private enterprise) and who does not pay any rent at all. The category "free lodging" designates any household housed for free by a relative or a friend of the household head or of another household member.

top
Guinea 1996 — source variable GN1996A_TENURE — Occupancy status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

Housing characteristics


H01 Mode of occupancy of the dwelling unit

[] 1 Owner
[] 2 Normal renter
[] 3 Subsidized renter
[] 4 Free housing from employer
[] 5 Paid for by parent/friend
[] 6 Other

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

H01: Dwelling occupation status (statut d'occupation du logement)
The housing occupancy variable refers back to the way in which households use buildings for housing. There are several possible scenarios:
a) The household, or rather, the head of household, may be the "owner" of the [building] or [buildings] occupied by his household. Cases of co-ownership are easily assimilated in the "ownership" category.
b) the head of household is not the owner of the housing he occupies. In what capacity [does the owner] of the housing give lodging to the household?
i) The household pays rent in cash or in kind to the owner in exchange [for the lodging]. The household is a "normal renter."
ii) the household pays rent in cash, a part of which is reimbursed by the employer. In other words, part of the rent is paid by the renter, and another part by his employer. In this case it is said that "the rent is subsidized."
iii) the household is lodged by the employer on one of his premises/in his housing, (which is the case with high government officials or company executives), or else the household is lodged by the employer who pays the total amount of the rent to the owner of the housing (here it is a question of paying for 100% of the rent). In this case it is said that the household is "lodged for free by the employer," because the household does not contribute towards the cost of the rent.
iv) The household occupies a dwelling which a relative or friend has graciously made available. It is said that the household is "lodged by a relative or friend."


To get the information you seek, ask the following question of the head of household:
Are you the owner of the housing?
a) If the answer is "yes," simply circle code "1."
b) If the answer is "no," ask a series of questions to verify which of the other 5 possible answers is correct, and then circle the number of the corresponding code.

top
Haiti 1971 — source variable HT1971A_TENANCY — Type of tenure
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

10. Type of tenure
[] 1 Owner
[] 2 Lodged for free
[] 3 Tenant
[] 4 Tenant paying rent for another specific time period fermier
[] 5 Other (specify) ______

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

10. Type of tenure

There are 5 possible answers for this question. Mark an 'x' in the appropriate box.

a) Owner: The household is owner when the house or a part of the house belongs to one of its members.

b) Lodged for Free: The household is 'lodged for free' when it occupies the house or part of the house without being the owner and without paying rent or farm rent. This method of occupation may take place with or without the agreement of the owner of the house.

c) Tenant: The household is a tenant household when it pays rent, or payment in kind, every year, month or week for the house or part of the house that it occupies.

d) Tenant paying rent for another specific time period: The household is a fermier when it pays cash for a very specific time period in return for a reduction in rent either in kind or in cash for the house that it occupies.

In the case of fermier, always indicate the number of months of the agreed-upon lease after the amount of the payment.

e) Other: Put into this category any household which does not belong to one of the above categories. Make sure to include the declared method of occupation in the space reserved for that purpose.

top
Haiti 1982 — source variable HT1982A_OCCSTAT — Mode of occupation
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

15. Mode of occupation
[] 1 Owner
[] 2 Staying for free
[] 3 Renter
[] 4 Farmer
[] 9 Other (please specify) ____

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question 15: Mode of occupation
54. The types of life interest indicate under what title a household occupies a living unit.
You must determine:
1) If the head of household or a member of the household is the owner.
2) If the household resides in the place for free.
3) If the household is renting.
4) If the household is leasing the place for a certain amount of money.
5) For all other modes of occupation not listed in 1 to 4 place an "x" in the appropriate box.


top
Haiti 2003 — source variable HT2003A_OWNRSHP — Ownership of the dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

19. In what capacity does the household occupy this housing unit?
[] 01 Owner of land and house
[] 02 Owner of the house only
[] 03 Renter
[] 04 Farmer
[] 05 Lives in house rent free
[] 06 De facto occupant
[] 07 Other


top
Honduras 1961 — source variable HN1961A_OWNER — Ownership of the dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Only for private dwellings
[Questions 9-16 were asked of private dwellings]

11. [House] Tenure

[] 1 Owner
[] 2 Renter
[] 3 Other form
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Cell number 11: [House] Tenure

[p. 15]

It should be investigated to see if the occupant is the owner of the dwelling, in which case box number 1 is marked. If monthly rent is paid, box number 2 (renter) is marked. If the occupant is not the owner but does not pay rent, box number 3 (other form) is marked.


top
Honduras 1988 — source variable HN1988A_OWNERSHP — Tenure of the dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Chapter II Dwelling Information


7. What is the form of tenure of the dwelling?

[] 1 Owned (skip to question 9)
[] 2 Owned paying in installments
[] 3 Rented
[] 4 Borrowed (skip to question 10)
[] 5 Other (skip to question 10)

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
7. What is the form of tenure of the dwelling?
Owned: The dwelling in which one of the members of the dwelling has acquired the right to real estate through purchase, inheritance, donation, etcetera. If the dwelling is owned, the enumerator will skip to question 9.

[p. 37]

Owned, still in payment: The dwelling in which one of the members of the dwelling has acquired the right to the real estate through a credit purchase and at the time of the census, a member is paying for it.

Rented: The dwelling occupied by a family with the permission of the owner, renter, etcetera, and for which a monthly payment is made.

Borrowed: The dwelling occupied by the family with the permission of the owner, renter, etc., for which no monthly payment is made. An "X" is marked in circle 4 and then question #10 is presented.

Other: It is when the dwelling is not owned, rented, or borrowed. An "X" is marked in circle 5 and the enumerator will skip to question 10.


top
Honduras 2001 — source variable HN2001A_OWNERSHP — Ownership of the dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Section C. Household information

Ownership of the dwelling

9. The dwelling occupied by this household is:

[] 1 Owned by occupants
[] 2 Owned, mortgaged and paying monthly
[] 3 Rented
[] 4 Loaned or given without payment
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Ownership of the dwelling

Question 9:The dwelling that this household occupies is owned, owned but paying a mortgage, rented, loaned, ceded without payment?
You should complete the question by reading each of the options successively until you obtain an affirmative answer, and then proceed to mark the corresponding answer.

If there are doubts about an answer, take into account the following concepts:

- Owned: When the household has acquired the property of the dwelling and its land through purchase, inheritance, donation, or built by one of the members of the household, etc.

- Owned and paying installments: When the household is acquiring the property and its land and at the date of the census they are found in the process of paying.

- Rented: This is the household that pays a fee or rent for the use of the building.

- Loaned or ceded without payment: This option should be marked when the household that inhabits the dwelling occupies it in exchange for services provided by any of its members, because they are taking care of it or because the owner authorizes the household to live in it without any monthly payment.

top
Hungary 1970 — source variable HU1970A_OWNER — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

3. Right of use:

[] 1 Owner
[] 2 Head tenant
[] 3 Co-tenant
[] 4 Official residence by virtue of employment
[] 5 Other, namely ____


Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
9. Other premises
Other premises are those belonging to the dwelling and contributing to the well-being f the occupants though not enumerated elsewhere (e.g. glassed porch way, servant's chamber having less than 4 sq. meters surface, storage closet, vestibule, etc.).

The loft, cellar, premises used for production purposes (stall, garage, etc.) must not be recorded as other premises.

The WC in separate premises will be enumerated as other premises.

Dwelling with a single premise

The dwelling with a single room as well as the inhabited economic facilities, temporary or mobile facilities should be marked in line 9.

top
Hungary 1980 — source variable HU1980A_TENURE — Title of right of dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

3. Legal title of use
[] 1 Owner
[] 2 Tenant
[] 3 Co-tenant
[] 4 Other, namely ____

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

3. Title of right for using

The answer should refer to the use of the entire dwelling (housing unit). The categories "subtenant" and "night-lodger" must not be marked. The tenant is the person who rents the entire dwelling. E.g. in case a dwelling is taken via a broker company the title of right for using will be enumerated upon the person officially registered in the dwelling (even if he/she is not present), that is the title might be "owner" or "tenant". The title of use of the person temporarily renting the dwelling is marked as subtenant in the 5th cell of table "Data on persons enumerated in the dwelling". If the owner is not officially registered as usual resident in the dwelling the effective user of the dwelling will be regarded as "tenant" even is the lease contract was mediated by a broker.

The title of use if a lessee is "Owner (1)", while in case of a service flat, "Tenant (2)".

If "Other (4)" is underlined the subsequent explanation should be indicated. E.g. the explanation might be as "resident without legal right", or in case of a person being a relative of the owner and using the dwelling without any fee "user by a matter of courtesy".

In case of vacant dwellings and vacant holiday houses (coded with "2" and "3" in question 1.) the title of right of using will not be marked.

top
Hungary 1990 — source variable HU1990A_TENURE — Tenure status of households in the dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Tenure of dwelling:
[] Owner
[] Tenant
[] Joint tenant
[] Cotenant
[] Subtenant
[] Bed tenant
[] Without tenure
[] The use of the tenure is authorized as a favor
[] The connected relationship, e.g. owner's child, brother/sister of tenant

Question 1/e (last column of the table).

Beneficial owners should also answer as "owners". The kinship relation to the owner can only be noted if the person living in the dwelling pays no rent. If rent is paid, the answer "tenant", "co-tenant", "apartment-sharer" (in case of relatives, the appropriate expression supplemented with the degree of relation, too) or "subtenant", "bed-tenant" should be given. The legal title for those who rent the whole dwelling from private person is always the "tenant".
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
2. Owner of the dwelling

In case privately owned dwellings are in twin-houses or attached houses (terraced houses, chain houses, and atrium houses) the answer is "family house type dwelling (1)". The building incorporating not more than three dwellings is regarded as family house type building.

The dwellings in buildings incorporating more than three dwellings in private property should be regarded as "condominium or dwelling in collectively owned building (2)" even in case no articles of incorporation have been signed by the owners. In case of transitory dwellings the proper marking is "company tenement flat, service dwelling (5)". The dwellings of the housing co-operatives must not be mixed with the dwellings owned by co-operatives in general.


top
Hungary 2001 — source variable HU2001A_TENURE — Occupancy status of the dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

Status of occupancy in the dwelling (JC)
[] 1 Owner
[] 2 Relative of the owner
[] 3 Tenant, head tenant, cotenant
[] 4 Relative of the tenant, head tenant, cotenant
[] 5 Occupant of official quarters
[] 6 Roomer
[] 7 Night-lodger
[] 8 Occupant of institution
[] 9 Homeless without address
[] 0 Other

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Status of occupancy in the dwelling?

The answer "owner" is marked if the enumerated person is sole or joint owner of the dwelling. Beneficiary user should be regarded as owner. One dwelling might be owned by several persons.

The answer is "relative of the owner" (e.g. his/her spouse, consensual partner, child, parent) if the persons is a relative of the owner of the dwelling, even if they do not live together. The "relative of the owner" can be marked only if the use of the dwelling is free of charge.

If the owner of the dwelling is not a natural person the title "owner" or "relative of the owner" must not be marked. (See the answer at question 6.1 "Data on the housing unit" on the Dwelling questionnaire).

The answer "tenant, co-tenant" will be marked if he/she is using the dwelling alone or with some other people upon paying a rental fee and the use of the dwelling is not connected to a working or service contract. (Co-tenants are using a part of the dwelling exclusively, while some premises -- e.g. the kitchen, the bathroom -- is used jointly wit an other co-tenant.

The answer "relative of tenant, co-tenant" is marked if the persons is not the tenant, co-tenant of the dwelling but is a relative of the former person (e.g. spouse, consensual partner, child, parent, and sibling).

The answer is "user of service dwelling" if the use of dwelling is connected to a working or service contract. The dwelling might be supplied free of charge or for a rental fee too.

The answer is "subtenant" if the person has an exclusive right for using at least one premises of the dwelling for paying a rental fee to the tenant of the dwelling. If the rental contract ensures the exclusive use of the whole dwelling the answer "tenant, co-tenant" should be marked.

The answer is night-lodger if the person does not use any of the premises of the dwelling with an exclusive right; he/she only rents a bed for a fee. The answer could be underlined if the dwelling is occupied by the owner, his/her relative, the tenant, co-tenant, and relative of the tenant, cotenant, or user of service dwelling.

The answer is institutional inhabitant if the person lives in a dwelling offered by an institution, and he/she is making use of the services -- lodging and full-board -- of the institution.

The answer is homeless without address if the person at the date of the enumeration lives/stays in the staircase, doorway, etc., he/she is staying in a place which can not be connected to premises (like dwelling, holiday house, other housing unit or institutional household)..

The answer is other title if the person's title of use of dwelling can not be classified as above.

top
Hungary 2011 — source variable HU2011A_OWNERSHP — Type of ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Dwelling questionnaire

I. Dwelling data

[Questions 2 through 23 were asked of all occupied private households, seasonal and non-residential housing unit]

6. Who is the owner of the dwelling?

[] Natural person
[] Local government
[] Other institution, organization (e.g. company, enterprise, church)
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
I. Dwelling data

6. Who is owner of the dwelling?
The answer must be related to the whole dwelling, irrespectively that the dwelling has one or more owners, the owner lives in the dwelling or not, and the title of use (see Personal Questionnaire question 4.2.).

If instead of a person, the owner of the dwelling is an institution, organization or company as well, the answer should be marked according to the majority shareholding. In case of equal owning the natural person is the right answer.


top
India 1983 — source variable IN1983A_TENURE — Homestead ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

6. Homestead type:
[] 1 Owned
[] 9 Others

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

5.3.9 Item 6: homestead type:
Information regarding the type of the homestead (house and house site), will be recorded against this item. If the homestead is owned by the household code 1 and if otherwise possessed code 9 will be recorded. In cases when the homestead is partly owned and partly otherwise possessed code 9 will be recorded.

top
India 1987 — source variable IN1987A_HOMESTD — Home ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

6. Homestead type:
[] 1 Owned
[] 9 Others

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

5.3.9 Item 6: Homestead type: Information regarding the type of the homestead (house and house site) will be recorded against this item. If the homestead is owned by the household code 1 and if otherwise possessed, code 9 will be recorded. In the cases where the homestead is partly owned and partly otherwise possessed, code 9 will be recorded.

top
Indonesia 1971 — source variable ID1971A_OWNERSHP — Tenure of living unit
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

Household and living unit information


1. Is this living unit

[] Owned
[] Contracted
[] Rented
[] Rent to purchase
[] Property of government
[] Other

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

6.6. Question I: Residence
6.6.1. Concept and definition
Residence is defined as the whole or part of the Census building that is used by trhe household as residence.
a. Own property: Residence at the time of enumeration is owned by the household.
b. Contract: Residence rented where rent is paid for a certain time period, usually in advance.
c. Rent: Residence rented with regular rent payments usually per month. Rent for Official purposes is excluded from this group.
d. Rent purchase: Residence rented, but after a certain time, the property becomes owned by the renter.
e. Official: Residence provided by a Government Institution or private sector company, either with rent obligations or not.
f. Others: Residence that is not defined by one of the categories above such as free rent and others.


6.6.2. Procedure
Procedure of asking question:
"Does this residence belong to you, or is it contracted, rented, rent purchased, official or others?"
Fill the answer in the appropriate answer box in Questionnaire I, part II.

top
Indonesia 1980 — source variable ID1980A_OWNERSHP — Status of ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

4. Status of ownership
[] 1 Self-owned
[] 2 Rent (contract/long term basis)
[] 3 Rent (monthly basis)
[] 4 Installment purchase
[] 5 Provided by employer
[] 6 Other


top
Indonesia 1985 — source variable ID1985A_OWNERSHP — Ownership status of living quarters
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
[Province codes for questions 7 and 10 in block VII.A. and question 1 in code VII.B.1 are not presented here]


Q.4. House ownership status

1 Self-owned
2 Lease (skip to Q.6)
3 Rent (skip to Q.6)
4 Rent-purchase (skip to Q.6)
5 Official (skip to Q.6)
6 Other (skip to Q.6)

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question 4: Status of ownership of the living quarters

  • "Self-owned" means that the living quarters are legally owned by the head of household or one of the other members of the household.
  • "Lease" means that the head or one of the members of the household has a contract agreement with the owner of the living quarters for a certain length of time, for example, one or two years. The payment is normally paid in advance or in installments, which are agreed upon by both parties. At the end of the contract period, the household members must move out unless both parties agree to extend the lease or sign a new agreement.
  • "Rental" means that one of the members of the household who occupies the living quarters signs a rental agreement and pays rent regularly and continuously without a time limit.
  • "Rent-purchase" means that rent is paid over a period of time and at some future point in time the renter will own the property.
  • "Official housing" means the living quarters are provided by a government or private institution; there may be a rent payment, a rent-purchase arrangement or the household may live rent free.
  • "Other" means that the ownership status of the household occupying the living quarters cannot be classified into one of above-mentioned categories; some example of answers that would be classified as other are rent-free and cooperative ownership.


Note: Ownership status must be seen from the point of view of the household members who live in the living quarters.

Example: Household (A) occupies rent free a living quarters that has been rented by another household (B) from property owner (C); the status of ownership of household A is "Other" [not "Rental"].

If the answer is code 2 through 6, skip Q.5 and go to Q.6. If the answer is "Self-owned", code 1, continue to Q.5.

top
Indonesia 1990 — source variable ID1990A_OWNERSHP — Ownership status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

4. Dwelling ownership status:
[] 1 Self-owned
[] 2 Installments (rent-to-buy)
[] 3 Contract
[] 4 Rent
[] 5 Official residence
[] 6 Others ____

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question 4: Ownership status of residence
The ownership status is classified into six types, which are: self-owned, rent and purchase, contract, rented, official residence, and others.
Self-owned is if, during the enumeration, the residence is actually owned by the head of household or the head of household is paying installments to the bank.
Installments/rent-to-buy is if, during the enumeration, the residence is not yet owned by one of the household members, or during the enumeration the household still pays installments to the previous owner of the building. The status of rent-to-buy is if the residence was previously in the status of rent, and after a certain period could be owned by one of the household members.
Contract is if, during the enumeration, the residence was rented by one of the household members for a certain period based on a contract agreement between the owner and the tenant for a period of one or two years. The payment is usually done up-front or paid by installments. At the end of the contract the tenant must leave the house or, if agreed between both parties, the contract could be extended.
Rent/lease is if the household or one of the household members pays the rent regularly and continuously for an unspecified period of time.
Official residence is if a certain state/private institution provides the house and covers the rent or rent-purchase.
Other is if the house cannot be categorized into one of the categories above, an example a house owned together.


Note: ownership status of a residence should be recorded from the household members who live in the house.

Example: A's household lives for free in a house that is rented by B's household from C's household; the ownership status of A's residence is categorized as "Other".
Circle one of the appropriate ownership statuses and put the code in the box that is available on the right side [of the form].

top
Indonesia 1995 — source variable ID1995A_OWNERSHP — Ownership status of dwelling unit
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

IV. Household information


407. Ownership status of dwelling unit

[] 1 Self-owned
[] 2 Installments
[] 3 Contract (go to Q409)
[] 4 Rent (monthly basis) (go to Q409)
[] 5 Official (go to Q409)
[] 6 Other, specify ___ (go to Q409)

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

6.4. Block IV. Household characteristics
This block is used to record the household characteristics, such as household income one year ago, type of physical building, status of residence ownership also other household facilities.


Question 407: Ownership status of residence
The ownership status is categorized into five types, which are: self-owned, rent and purchase, contract, rented, official residence and others.

Self-owned if during the enumeration the residence is actually owned by the head of the household or he/she is still paying installments to the bank.

Installments/rent and purchase if during the enumeration the residence is not yet owned by one of the household members, or if during the enumeration the household still pays installments to the previous owner of the building. The status of "Rent and purchase" is [applicable] if the residence was previously being rented, and after a certain period could be owned by one of the household members.

Contract if during the enumeration the residence was rented by one of the household members during a certain period based on a contract agreement between the owner and the tenant for a period of one or two years. The payment is usually done up-front or paid in installments. At the end of the contract the tenant must leave the house or, if agreed between both parties, the contract could be extended.

Rent/lease if the household or one of the household members pays the rent regularly and continuously without a contract valid for a certain time period.

Official residence if a certain state/private institute provides the house that covers the rent or rent purchase.

Other is if the house cannot be categorized into one of the categories above, for example, a house being owned together.

Note: ownership status of a residence should be observed from the household members who live in the house.

Example: Andi's household lives in the house for free, which is rented by Bambang's household from Cici's household -- the ownership status of Andi's residence is categorized as "Other".

Circle one of the appropriate ownership statuses. If the answer is categorized as "Other", write down the status between brackets. Continue the interview on P409 if the respondent's answer is not coded 1 or 2.


top
Indonesia 2005 — source variable ID2005A_HOMEOWN — Ownership status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

515. What is the ownership of this dwelling unit?
[] 1 Self-owned
[] 2 Contract
[] 3 Rent
[] 4 Free
[] 5 Official
[] 6 Parent/relatives-owned
[] 96 Other (specify) ____

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question 515: Ownership status of the living quarters
Ask the ownership status of the living quarters of this household. Living quarter ownership status of the household is seen from the point of view of the members of the household who live in it. Ownership status is the status at the time of the enumeration and consists of: owner occupied, lease, rental, rent free, official housing, owned by parents/other relatives, others. Circle the appropriate code. If the answer is others, write the status in the space provided.
Owner occupied means that the living quarter is legally owned by one of members of the household. This includes those living quarters that still have an existing mortgage from a bank or other party that is being paid in installments by one of the members of the household.

Lease means that the household in the living quarters has a contract agreement with the owner of the living quarters for a certain length of time, for example, one or two years. At the end of the contract period, the household members must move out unless both parties agree to extend the lease or sign a new agreement.

Rental means that one of the members of the household that occupies the living quarters signs a rental agreement and pays rent regularly and continuously without a time limit.

[p. 82]

Rent-free means that the household occupies the living quarters owned by another party (non-relatives/parent) without any payment.

Official housing means the household occupies the living quarters owned by an institution where one of the members of the household works. There is no need to consider whether or not there is any payment.

Owned by parents/relative means the household occupies the living quarters owned by the parent/relative without any payment.

Others means that the ownership status of the household occupying the living quarters cannot be classified into one of above-mentioned categories; for example cooperative ownership, traditional house and others.


Example: Andi's household occupies a living quarter rent free; the living quarter was rented by Bambang's household from Cici's household. The ownership status of Andi's household is "Free rent".

top
Indonesia 2010 — source variable ID2010A_TENURE — Tenure of dwelling unit
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

410. What is the ownership status of this dwelling/living quarter?
[] 1 Owned
[] 2 Rented
[] 3 Leased
[] 4 Others

[If responses 2-4, stop].

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question 410: Ownership Status of the Dwelling
Ask the ownership status of the dwelling of this household; put a mark beside one of codes which corresponds to the answer.
Ownership Status of the Dwelling
[p. 161]
1. Owned is the status if at the time of the enumeration the dwelling is really already owned by the head of household or by any household member. A dwelling purchased with credit from a bank with installments or a dwelling which is rented with an option to purchase is considered owned.
2. Rented is the status if the dwelling is rented by the head of household or any household member by making regular payments without a certain time limit.
3. Contract is the status if the dwelling is rented by the head of household or any household member for a fixed period of time based on an agreed contract between the owner and the occupant, say 1 or 2 years. Usually the entire amount of the contract is paid at the beginning of the contract or payments can be made over the life of the contract depending upon what was agreed upon by the parties. At the end of the contract, the one occupying the dwelling must leave the dwelling; if the two parties agree, the occupant can extend his stay by preparing a new contract.
4. Other is the status of a dwelling which cannot be categorized as one of the above categories, such as cooperative ownership, traditional house, official residence, and includes living rent free.

If the answer is OWNED, then continue with question 411. If the answer is anything other than OWNED, the interview with this household is finished.
[A graphic showing this question and where to stop on the enumeration form is not presented here.]

top
Iran 2006 — source variable IR2006A_OWNERSHP — Type of tenure of the housing unit
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

Questions 45-55 should be filled out for households residing in Conventional residential unit (number 1 in Question 44)


46. Type of tenure of the housing unit

[] 1 Owned land and building
[] 2 Owned building
[] 3 Rented
[] 4 Against service
[] 5 Rent-free
[] 6 Other

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

30. General explanation about questions 41 through 56
Fill question 41 only for normal settled households and leave it blank for other households. But fill questions 42 to 55 also for collective households in addition to normal settled ones.
Note: For those normal settled and collective households for which you filled more than one sheet of questionnaire, fill these questions along with question 56 only on the first sheet and leave them blank on other sheets.


35. General explanation about Questions 45 through 55
Fill these questions only for those households who live in a conventional residential unit (box 1 question 44) and leave it blank for households living in other types of units.


37. Type of tenure of the housing unit, Question 46
Identify the type of tenure based on the following definitions and mark one of the 1 to 5 boxes; otherwise mark "Other".
[] 1, Owned land and building: for those households who own the land and the building of their place of residence, mark box 1. Households living in their own condo are also usually a shareholder of the land. Mark box 1 for these households also.
[] 2, Owned building: for those households who only own the building they live in but not the land, mark box 2. An endowed residence is also in this group.
[] 3, Rented: for those households who have rented their place of residence and pay rent, mark box 3. The rent can be in the form of money or not. Also, the occupancy of the unit can be based on mortgage or based on rent plus deposit, in which cases you should mark box 3.
[] 4, Against service: for those households who possess their place of residence in exchange for the work of one or more members of the household, even if they pay a monthly amount, mark box 4. Institutional housings of government or private sector employees are considered in this group.
[] 5, Rent-free: for those households who possess their place of residence for free and do not make any payments (money or service) for it, like those households who get their housing unit from charity institutes, foundations or other households, mark box 5.
[] 6, Other: if the type of tenure of the housing unit does not match any of the above mentioned, mark box 6.

- Note that in identifying the type of tenure, it does not make any difference whether the household holds the place of residence officially (registry office) or unofficially; like a household who has rented their place, whether or not the lease is official or unofficial, the type of tenure is "Rented".


top
Iraq 1997 — source variable IQ1997A_OWNER — Ownership of the residential unit
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

13. Ownership of the residential unit

Private sector
[] 1 Possession
[] 2 Rent
[] 3 Other


Government sector
[] 4 Rent
[] 5 Other

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

13. Ownership of the residential unit:
This field concerns the residential units constructed with bricks, stone, blocks, mud or concrete blocks only. The ownership of the residential unit is limited to constructed unit and not the land.
If the ownership of the residential unit depends on the household the sign is put in the square (1) opposite to the word (possession).
If the residential unit is rented from the private sector the sign is put in square (2) opposite to the word (rent) and so on. Some residential units are owned by a factory or a private establishment (private sector) and it is rented by its employees or others, the sign is put in square (2) opposite to the word (rent).
As for the square that carries number (3) which is opposite to the word (others) is indicated by the sign (x) in the cases that the residential unit of the household is without monthly rent and also for the residential units that belonged to the private sector, for example a household that dwells in a residential unit that is owned by the father of the head of the household or one of his relatives and the household doesn't pay any monthly rent.
[p.7]
If the residential unit is rented from the governmental sector (general or cooperative) the sign is put in the square (4) opposite to the word (rent). Some of the residential units owned by a factory or a governmental establishment (governmental sector) and it is rented to its employees or other the sign is put in the square (4) opposite to the word (rent) also.
As for the square (5) opposite to the word (others) is indicated by the sign (x) in cases that the dwelling of the household is without monthly rent in the residential units owned by the governmental sector, for example a household that dwells in a residential unit owned by a factory, governmental establishment or pious foundation and doesn't pay any rent amount.

top
Ireland 1971 — source variable IE1971A_OWNERSH — Dwelling ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

[The following questions should be answered in respect of each private household and of the house, flat or rooms occupied by that household. These questions need not be answered in respect of private households living in caravans or other mobile dwellings.]


20. Nature of occupancy of house, flat or rooms

[] Rented from local authority (corporation, county or urban district council)
[] Rented unfurnished, other than from local authority
[] Rented furnished or part furnished
[] Being acquired from local authority under a purchase or vested cottage scheme
[] Owner occupied (including cases where loan or mortgage repayments are being made)
[] Occupied free of rent (caretaker, company official, etc.)

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Answers should be furnished to Questions 19 to 28, inclusive, in respect of all private household (except those in mobile dwellings) and in respect of the houses, flats, or rooms occupied by such households.


Question 20 - Nature of occupancy.
The Enumerator should check that on "X" has been inserted in one and only one of the spaces provided. Cases will sometimes be met of two distinct households occupying a single house and, in accordance with Instruction 10, a separate Form A will be completed for each household. While the First household might own the house (so that an "X" would be written in space 5), the second household might be renting portion of the house from the first household (so that on their Form A the "X" should be written in space 2 or 3, as appropriate) or living free of rent (when the "X" should be written in space 6).


top
Ireland 1981 — source variable IE1981A_OWNERSHP — Nature of occupancy
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Part B - Details of the dwelling

[Questions 23-30 should be answered in respect of each private household. These questions need not be answered in respect of institutions or private household living in caravans or other mobile dwellings]


Q.23 Nature of occupancy of house, flat or rooms

[] 1 Rented from a local authority (corporation, county or urban district council)
[] 2 Rented unfurnished, other than from a local authority
[] 3 Rented furnished or part furnished
[] 4 Being acquired from local authority under a purchase or vested cottage scheme
[] 5 Owner occupied where loan or mortgage repayments are being made
[] 6 Owner occupied where no loan or mortgage repayments are being made
[] 7 Occupied free of rent (caretaker, company official, etc.)

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Details of the dwelling
Answers should be furnished to Questions 23 to 30, inclusive, in respect of all private households (except those in mobile dwellings) and in respect of the houses, flats or rooms occupied by such households.

Q.23: Nature of occupancy of house, flat or rooms
You should check that a tick has been inserted in one, and only one of the spaces provided. Cases will sometimes be met of two distinct households occupying a single house and a separate Form A will be completed for each household. While the first household might own the house (so that a tick should be inserted in Space 5 or 6), the second household might be renting a portion of the house from the first household (so that on their Form the tick should be in Space 2 or 3, as appropriate) or living free of rent (when the tick should be in Space 7).


top
Ireland 1991 — source variable IE1991A_OWNERSHP — Nature of occupancy
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
PART B - Household questions

[Questions 25-33 should be answered with respect to each private household. These questions need not be answered with respect to institutions or private households living in caravans or other mobile dwellings.]

Q.25 Nature of occupancy of house, flat or rooms

Insert a check mark in appropriate box

[] 1 Rented from local authority (corporation, county or urban district council)
[] 2 Rented unfurnished, other than from local authority
[] 3 Rented furnished or part furnished
[] 4 Being acquired from local authority under a purchase or vested cottage scheme
[] 5 Owner occupied where loan or mortgage repayments are being made
[] 6 Owner occupied where no loan or mortgage repayments are being made
[] 7 Occupied free of rent (caretaker, company official, etc.)
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Appendix 1

Details of the dwelling

Q.25: Nature of occupancy of house, flat, or rooms
You should check that a check has been inserted in one, and only one of the spaces provided. Cases will sometimes be met of two distinct households occupying a single house and a separate Form A will be completed for each household. While the first household might own the house (so that a check should be inserted in box 5 or 6), the second household might be renting portion of the house from the first household (so that on their Form the check should be in box 2 or 3, as appropriate), or living free of rent (when the check should be in box 7).


top
Ireland 2002 — source variable IE2002A_OWNERSHP — Dwelling ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
H3 What is the nature of occupancy of your household's accommodation?

One box only

[] 1 Owner occupied where loan or mortgage repayments are being made
[] 2 Owner occupied where no loan or mortgage repayments are being made
[] 3 Being purchased from a local authority (corporation, county or urban district council) under a tenant purchase scheme
[] 4 Rented from a local authority
[] 5 Rented unfurnished other than from a local authority
[] 6 Rented furnished or part furnished other than from a local authority
[] 7 Occupied free of rent (caretaker, company official, etc)

top
Ireland 2006 — source variable IE2006A_OWNERSHP — Nature of occupancy
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Census Day Sunday 23 April, 2006 - Central Statistics Office

H3. What is the nature of occupancy of your household's accommodation? Check one box only.

[] 1 Owner occupied where load or mortgage repayments are being made
[] 2 Owner occupied where no loan or mortgage repayments are being made
[] 3 Being purchased from a local authority under a tenant purchase scheme
[] 4 Rented from a local authority
[] 5 Rented from a voluntary body
[] 6 Rented unfurnished other than from a local authority or voluntary body
[] 7 Rented furnished or part furnished other than from a local authority or voluntary body
[] 8 Occupied free of rent (caretaker, company official, etc.)

top
Ireland 2011 — source variable IE2011A_OWNRSHP — Nature of occupancy
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
H3. Does your household own or rent your accommodation?
Mark one box only.

[] 1 Own with mortgage or loan
[] 2 Own outright
[] 3 Rent
[] 4 Live here rent free

If renting, who is your landlord?
[] 1 Private landlord
[] 2 Local authority
[] 3 Voluntary/Co-operative housing body
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Questions H3 and H4. Question H3 will establish on what basis the household occupies their dwelling - whether they are an owner, renter or live rent free. Those who rent should answer the second part of the question and indicate the identity of their landlord.

Persons who indicated that they rent their accommodation in question H3 are required to answer question H4 and provide, in Euros, the amount they pay in rent. They should also indicate the frequency of their rental payments - weekly, monthly or yearly.

The data from these questions are used in the compilation of the annual National Accounts, from which the GDP and GNP figures are taken.


top
Ireland 2016 — source variable IE2016A_OCCUP — Nature of occupancy
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Questions about your accommodation

H3. Does your household own or rent your accommodation?

Mark one box only

[] 1. Own with mortgage or loan
[] 2. Own outright
[] 3. Rent
[] 4. Live here rent-free

If renting, who is your landlord?

[] 1. Private landlord
[] 2. Local Authority
[] 3. Voluntary/co-operative housing body
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Appendix H. Detailed notes on the household form

[Question H3: Does your household own or rent your accommodation?]

[Question H4: If your accommodation is rented, how much rent does your household pay?]

Question H3 will establish on what basis the household occupies their dwelling - whether they are an owner, renter or live rent free. Those who rent should answer the second part of the question and indicate the identity of their landlord.

Persons who indicated that they rent their accommodation in question H3 are required to answer question H4 and provide, in Euros, the amount they pay in rent. They should also indicate the frequency of their rental payments - weekly, monthly or yearly.

The data from these questions are used in the compilation of the annual National Accounts, from which the GDP and GNP figures are taken.

[The original document includes an image below.]


top
Israel 1972 — source variable IL1972A_TENURE — Ownership of dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

16. Is the apartment in your possession, or is it rented?
[] 1. In possession of the family
[] 2. Rented. Mark and pass on to question 18.
[] 3. Not in possession and not rented. Pass on to next page. [Skip questions 17-20.]


top
Israel 1983 — source variable IL1983A_TENURE — Ownership of dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Housing
[Questions 1-11]


10. Do you own this apartment, or do you rent it?

[] 1 The apartment is owned by the family. Circle and skip to 12.
[] 2 The apartment is rented, with right to receive key money. Circle and continue to 11.
[] 3 The apartment is rented without right to receive key money. Circle and continue to 11.
[] 4 The apartment is neither owned by the family, nor rented: Specify: ____

Circle and skip to 12.

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

11. Question 10 -- explanations: Apartment ownership or rent

[Instructions refer to a graphic of the census form including question 10.]

A. In answer 2 -- "rented with right to receive key money" the meaning is that the family pays rent for living in the apartment and is entitled for some payment, depending on the apartment's worth, when it wishes to leave.

B. When the apartment is not owned by the family and not rented by it - circle number 4 and specify the owner of the apartment.
For example: when the apartment belongs to a factory in which the family's head works, and he/she is not paying rent.

top
Israel 1995 — source variable IL1995A_TENURE — Ownership of dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

8. Is this your own apartment or do you rent it?
[] 1. We own the apartment; mark X and skip to question 10 [skip question 9]
[] 2. We pay 'key' money for the apartment
[] 3. We pay monthly rent (not 'key' money)
[] 4. None of the above; please clarify and move to question 10 [skip question 9]: ____

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
4. Question 8

8. Is this your own apartment or do you rent it?

[] 1 We own the apartment > Mark an X and go to 10
[] 2 The apartment is rented with key money rights
[] 3 The apartment is rented without key money rights
[] 4 The apartment is not owned or rented. Please specify and go to 10 ____

A. A rent with key money is a type of rented apartment. The person who lives in the apartment will get paid a lump sum, "key money", once he leaves the apartment

[Key money is money paid by the tenant to the owner to have the right to live in the apartment for a relatively small rent for as long as he wishes]. He will get it from the owner of the apartment or from the new tenant who replaces him.

B. The apartment is not owned or rented (answer 4): This is an apartment that its tenant lives in it without pay. For example: An apartment of family relatives who do not ask for rent, or an apartment that belongs to the workplace.

top
Israel 2008 — source variable IL2008A_OWNERSHP — Dwelling ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Questions on housing conditions
[Questions 82-90 asked only once per household]

86. Do you rent or own this dwelling?

[] 1 Own this dwelling (Go to Question No. 88)
[] 2 This is a key-money dwelling (Go to Question No. 87)
[] 3 Rent this dwelling (not key-money) (Go to Question No. 87)
[] 4 This dwelling is owned by relatives, and no rent is paid on it (Go to Question No. 89)
[] 5 Other (Go to Question No. 89)
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Part J: Housing Conditions

2. Instructions for answering questions

d. Type of ownership of apartment
The household's type of ownership of apartment is the arrangement according to which the household lives in the apartment (does it own the apartment, rent it, or lives there according to a different arrangement).
From this question we can learn what percentage of people live in an apartment they own, compared to the percentage of people who rent their apartment or live in an apartment without paying.
Question 10.40 - Is this apartment owned by you, or rented by you?

[] 1 Own it
[] 2 Key-money apartment
[] 3 Rent it (no key-money)
[] 4 Apartment owned by relatives and respondents do not pay rent for it
[] 5 Other, elaborate

- Apartment is considered as owned as soon as there is a purchase contract with a contractor, private body or any other body.
- 'Key-money apartment' (answer 2): This is a type of a rented apartment. The person living in the apartment paid a one-time deposit, 'key-money', when entering the apartment. During the lease he will pay a monthly rent, and when he leaves he will get the key-money back from the owner, or from the new tenant which will replace him in the apartment.
- 'Other' (answer 5): this is an apartment where people live without paying, and is not owned by relatives. For example: an apartment owned by the workplace, or an apartment that belongs to a religious institutions.


top
Italy 2001 — source variable IT2001A_OWNERSHP — Ownership and use of the dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

1.1 Indicate whether the dwelling is
[] 1 Property (fully or partially), life tenancy or redemption, of at least one of the persons that live therein
[] 2 Under rental to one or more of the persons residing therein
[] 3 Inhabited free of charge (on free loan, etc.) in exchange for services (janitor, etc.) by one or more of the persons residing therein

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question 1.1
Cross answer 1 if the dwelling is the exclusive or shared property of at least one member of the household. Also cross answer 1 if you are living in the dwelling in fulfillment life tenancy rights, or other rights (e.g. use, accommodation), or when subject dwelling is being redeemed, or because of bare ownership, and also if the owner rents part of the dwelling while still living there.
Cross box 2 or 3, if the dwelling is not the property of any of the persons residing there, but is rented (box 2) or occupied in some other way (box 3), that is, free of charge or in exchange for services.

top
Italy 2011 — source variable IT2011A_OWNERSHP — Dwelling ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Section I: Information about household and dwelling

1. Type of dwelling and household

1.4 In what capacity does your household occupy the dwelling?

[] 1 Own property (full or partial), right of use or subsidized housing
[] 2 Rental
[] 3 Other right (free of charge, in exchange for services, etc.)
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Section I - Information about household and dwelling

1 - Type of dwelling and household

Question 1.4
Check box 1 if the dwelling is owned in full or in part by at least one of the people who live there. Box 1 should also be checked if residence in the dwelling is attributable to right of user or some other right in rem (e.g. use, dwelling) or in the case of subsidized housing, or when only the bare property was purchased, or when the owner is living in part of his/her house while renting out the rest.

Check box 2 or 3 when the dwelling is not owned by anyone who lives there and is being rented (box 2) or occupied under some other form of entitlement (box 3), that is, for free or in exchange for services.


top
Jamaica 1982 — source variable JM1982A_TENURE — Type of tenure
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

Section 8: Housing
[The head of the household only]


39. Type of tenure:

[] Owned
[] Leased
[] Private rented
[] Rent- free
[] Squatted
[] Government rented
[] Other
[] Not stated

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Section 8 - Housing

5.68 General
The information in this section relates to the building or part of the building used for living purposes. The information is to be recorded on the questionnaire for the Head of the Household only, and the required information must be given with respect to the entire household; no information on this topic is to be entered on the questionnaires for other members of the household.
Because the information is being sought from each household, this means that in some cases there will be different sets of replies with respect to the same building. The relevant instructions for non-private dwellings are given in Part 6.


5.69 Question 39 - Type of Tenure

[Image omitted here]

This question refers to the type of tenure under which the dwelling, that is, the living quarters of that particular household, is occupied.
Owned: This applies if the dwelling is owned by a member(s) of the household. If the dwelling is occupied by the family or close relatives of the owner but the owner, even if he sometimes sleeps there, is not a member of the household according to the census definition (for example where the wife and children of the owner live in the dwelling, but the owner perhaps because of his work, or for other reasons, does not normally sleep in the dwelling and is then not a member of the household concerned), the dwelling should not be classified as Owned but as Rent Free.
Leased: This relates to those cases where the dwelling is rented in accordance with a signed agreement between the owner and the occupier. In most cases, this signed agreement of lease will stipulate the rental payable, and the length of time for which the building is rented.
Private Rented: This relates to arrangements for rental but not with signed agreement. This is the most common form of rental agreement.
Rent Free: This relates to those cases where the occupiers are not required to pay rental. It implies, also, that the occupiers are occupying the dwelling with the consent of the owner. Examples of the above are where the government, a business (for example a Sugar Estate, or Bank) or some institution (for example a Church or School) may provide free quarters for some or all of its employees.
Squatted: This relates to those cases where the occupiers are not paying rent, but are occupying the dwelling without the consent of the owner. Note that we are dealing with the type of tenure of the dwelling, not the land.
Government Rented: Include here all houses owned by Government and rented to householders. This includes those owned by the National Housing Trust and the Ministry of Housing and are rented out.
Other: Include here any arrangement which does not fit into one of the preceding categories.


top
Jamaica 1991 — source variable JM1991A_OWNERSHP — Type of tenure of dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

2.5. Does this household, own, rent or lease this dwelling?
[] Owned
[] Leased
[] Private rented
[] Government rented
[] Rent free
[] Squatted
[] Other
[] Not stated

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

5.26 Question 2.5 Type of Tenure
This question refers to the type of tenure under which the dwelling is occupied.

Owned - This applies if the dwelling is owned by a member(s) of the household. If the dwelling is occupied by the family or close relatives of the owner but the owner, even if he sometimes sleeps there, is not a member of the household according to the census definition (for example, where wife and children of the owner live in the dwelling, but the owner perhaps because of his work, or for other reasons, does not normally sleep in the dwelling, and is then not a member

[p.38]

of the household concerned), the dwelling should not be classified as owned but as Rent Free.

Leased - This relates to those cases where the dwelling is rented in accordance with a signed agreement for a stipulated period between the owner and the occupier. In most cases, this signed agreement of lease will stipulate the rental payable, and length of time for which the building is rented.

Private Rented - This is used here to relate to those cases which are the most usual, where the occupier pays a rental to the owner for the dwelling, but no signed agreement is involved.

Government Rented - Include here all dwellings owned by government and rented to householders.

Rent Free - This relates to those cases where occupiers are not required to pay rental. It implies also that the occupiers are occupying the dwelling with the consent of the owner. Examples of this arrangement are where the government, a business (for example a Sugar Estate or Bank) or some institution (for example a church or school) may provide free quarters for some employees.

Squatted - This relates to those cases where the occupiers are not paying rent but are occupying the dwelling without the consent of the owner. Note that we are dealing with the tenure of the dwelling, not the land.

Other - Include here any arrangement which does not fit into one of the preceding categories.

top
Jamaica 2001 — source variable JM2001A_OWNERSHP — Ownership of the dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

3.1 Does any member of this household own, rent or lease this dwelling?
[] 1 Owned
[] 2 Leased
[] 3 Rented
[] 4 Rent-free
[] 5 Squatted
[] 6 Other
[] 9 Not stated

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

5.19 Question 3.1: Type of tenure
This question refers to the type of tenure under which the dwelling is occupied.

Owned: This applies if the dwelling is owned solely by member(s) of the household. If the dwelling is occupied by the family or close relatives of the owner, but the owner even if he sometimes sleeps there, is not a member of the household according to the census definition (for example, where wife and children of the owner live in the dwelling, but the owner perhaps because of his work, or for other reasons, does not normally sleep in the dwelling, and is then not a member of the household concerned), the dwelling should not be classified as owned but as Rent Free.

Leased: This relates to those cases where the dwelling is rented in accordance with an agreement (written or unwritten) for a stipulated period, between the owner and the occupier. In most cases, this agreement of lease will stipulate the rental payable, and length of time for which the building is rented

Rented: This is used here to relate to those cases which are the most usual where the occupier pays a monthly rental to the owner for the dwelling, on the basis of an agreement which may be written or unwritten.

Rent free: In addition to the situation described above, this relates also to those cases where occupiers are not required to pay rental. It implies also that the occupiers are occupying the dwelling with the consent of the owner. Examples of this arrangement are where the government, a business (for example a Bank) or some institution (for example a school or a church) may provide free quarters for some employees.

Squatted: This relates to those cases where occupiers are not paying rent but are occupying the dwelling without the consent of the owner. Note that we are dealing with the tenure of the dwelling, not the land.

Other: Include here any arrangement which does not fit into one of the preceding categories.


top
Jordan 2004 — source variable JO2004A_TENURE — Type of tenure
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

117. Type of tenure
[Question 117 was asked of persons who lived in occupied private or collective household, per Question 116.]
[] 1 Owned by the household or one of its members (skip to Q 119)
[] 2 Rented unfurnished
[] 3 Rented furnished
[] 4 Owned by a relative (skip to Q 119)
[] 5 For work (skip to Q 119)
[] 6 Free (skip to Q 119)
[] 7 Other (specify) ____ (skip to Q 119)

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Type of ownership of the housing unit which is one of the following types:
[] 1 Owned by the household or one of its members
[] 2 Rented without furniture
[] 3 Rented with furniture
[] 4 Owned by one of the relatives
[] 5 In return for work: If the employer reserves this housing unit for the individual(s) who work for it whether this employer is governmental or private, and whether this housing unit is owned by the employer or the employer pays rent to the original owner.
[] 6 Free of charge
[] 7 Other


Question 117 - type of ownership of the housing unit:
This question is only addressed to housing units which are populated by private or collective households; meaning, if the reply in question 116 is one of the codes 1 or 2. The enumerator enters the code of the reply in the appropriate place. In general and prevalent cases it is when the housing unit is owned by the household or one of its members, code 1. In this case, move to question 119 it is also possible that the housing unit is unfurnished rent, code 2. It could be furnished rent, code 3 in this case, so continue to complete the data for question 118.
In some cases, the housing unit could be owned by one of extended family members, but not a member of the household, code 4 the housing unit could be occupied by a private or collective household and no rent is paid in return for occupancy. A public or private establishment could agree with an individual to work in Jordan. It is possible that one of the terms of the contract is to provide furnished or non furnished housing for this individual and his family. Some companies or institutions could provide in some cases housing

[Page 42]
for some categories of workers per specific conditions. For all these cases, the ownership of the building is return for a work; i.e. code 5. In this case the residents in the housing unit do not pay a monetary rent in return for the housing benefit. In some cases, the housing unit could be occupied by a private household and none of the residents pays the rent. The housing unit is used by its residents without a payment for a limited or non-limited period. For all these cases, the ownership of the housing unit is free of charge; i.e. code 6. The type of the occupancy of the housing unit could be other; i.e. code 7. For all these cases, codes 4 -- 7, it is directly proceeded to question 119. When the type of occupancy of the housing unit is owned by the household or one of its members, it is proceeded to question 119.


top
Kenya 1989 — source variable KE1989A_TENURE — Tenure
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

H10. Status of tenure of the main residential structure:

If owner-occupied, state whether

[] 1 Purchased
[] 2 Constructed
[] 3 Inherited


If rented, state whether

[] 4 Government
[] 5 Local authority
[] 6 Parastatal
[] 7 Private company
[] 8 Individual
[] 9 Other form of tenure


Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Columns H10 to H17 contain questions pertaining to housing conditions and amenities and are to be asked of the head of the household or any other responsible person.

169. Main residential structure

(a). For census purpose, the structure where most of the household activities (e.g., sleeping, cooking and eating) take place will be defined as the main residential structure.

(b). All the main structures occupied by wives in a polygamous marriage will be listed.

(c). In urban areas all structures occupied on Census Night will be listed.

170. Column H10 seeks information on status of tenure; that is, whether the dwelling unit is owner occupied or rented by the respondent. Ask the question, 'Is this dwelling unit owned or rented by you?' You are supposed to code the answers using the list given (e.g., code '4' will mean that the dwelling unit has been rented to the respondent by government, code '6' will mean a Parastatal body has provided the structure for dwelling purposes to the respondent).

171. 'Owner occupied' includes all of the following:

(a) Purchased
The respondent bought the structure or is in the process of buying the structure and is living in it.

(b) Constructed
The respondent built the structure he/she is living in

(c) Inherited
The respondent received the building by (legal) right of succession or by a will. However, in this case, do not ask for proof. Accept what the respondent says.

172.Under rented are listed:

(a) Government rented
The respondent's employer, the government, is renting the dwelling unit to the respondent.

(b) Local authority
Covers all dwelling units rented by municipal council, city commission, etc.

(c) Parastatal
Covers all dwelling units rented by organizations like Kenya Railways, Kenya Airways, Kenya Power and Lighting Company, University, etc.

(d) Private company
The respondent rents the dwelling unit from a private firm.

(e)Individual rented
The respondent rents the dwelling unit from a landlord.

173. Other form of tenure - include unauthorized dwelling units.

top
Kenya 1999 — source variable KE1999A_OWNERSHP — Tenancy status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

H-12. Main dwelling unit tenure:

If owner occupied state whether

[] 1. Purchased
[] 2. Constructed
[] 3. Inherited


If rented/provided state whether

[] 4. Government
[] 5. Local authority
[] 6. Parastatal
[] 7. Private company
[] 8. Individual
[] 9. Other form of tenure

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Columns H12-15: Main residential/dwelling unit

102. The questions in H12-15 elicit information on the status of tenure and the dominant construction materials of the main residential/dwelling unit.
For census purposes, the structure where most of the household activities e.g. sleeping, cooking and eating take place will be defined as the main residential/dwelling unit.

Column H12: Status of tenure

104. Column H12 seeks information on status of tenure i.e. whether the dwelling unit is owner occupied or rented by the household. Ask the head of the household or any other responsible person whether the main residential/dwelling unit is owned or rented by him/her or any other member of the household?" You are supposed to code the answers using the categories provided.

Owner occupied
(a) Under owner occupied are listed:

Purchased
Means that a member of the household has bought the structure or is in the process of paying for the structure and household members are living in it.

Constructed
Means that a member of the household has built the structure they are living in.

Inherited
Means that a member of the household has received the building by (legal) right of succession or by a will. However in this case, do not ask for proof. Accept what the respondent says.

Rented
(b) Under rented are listed dwelling units either provided by the employer of a member of the household or rented by a member of the household. This includes:

Government
Covers all houses rented or provided by the government of Kenya

Local Authority
Covers municipal and city councils.

Parastatal
Covers organizations like Kenya Railways, Kenya Power and Lighting Co., universities, etc.

Private Company
Covers private firms and foreign governments.

Individual rented
Covers private individuals only.

(c) Other form of tenure
Covers unauthorized dwelling units

top
Kenya 2009 — source variable KE2009A_TENURE — Tenure status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

Tenure status of main dwelling unit
H-20. If owner occupied, state whether
[] 1 Purchased
[] 2 Constructed
[] 3 Inherited


If rented/provided, state whether
[] 4 Government
[] 5 Local authority
[] 6 Parastatal
[] 7 Private company
[] 8 Individual
[] 9 Faith based organization/NGO
[] 10 Other form

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

- Section J: Housing conditions and amenities. This section covers columns H18 to H27 on housing conditions and amenities. These questions are to be posed to the Head of the Household or any other responsible person.


39.3 Column H20: Tenure status of main dwelling unit

Column H20 seeks information on status of tenure i.e. whether the dwelling unit is owner occupied or rented by the household. Ask the head of the household or any other responsible person whether the main residential/dwelling unit is owned or rented by him/her or any other member of the household. You are supposed to code the answers using the categories provided.

- Owner occupied
Under owner occupied are listed:

- Purchased: Means that a member of the household has bought the structure or is in the process of paying for the structure and household members are living in it.
- Constructed: Means that a member of the household has built the structure they are living in.
- Inherited: Means that a member of the household has received the building by right of succession or by a will. However in this case, do not ask for proof. Accept what the respondent says.

- Rented/provided/donated
Under rented/provided are listed dwelling units either provided by the employer of a member of the household, rented by a member of the household or donated to a member of the household. This includes:

- Government: Covers all houses rented or provided by the Government of Kenya
- Local Authority: Covers all houses rented or provided by local authorities
- Parastatal: Covers organizations like Kenya Railways, Kenya Power and Lighting Co., universities, KNBS, etc.
- Private Company: Covers private firms and foreign governments
- Individual: Covers private individuals only.
- Other forms of tenure: any other form of tenure not covered above.


top
Laos 2005 — source variable LA2005A_OWNERSHP — Tenure status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
I. Housing characteristics

25. What is the tenure status of the household?

[] Owner
[] Tenant
[] Lodger
[] Tied accommodation
[] Other
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Section G: Housing characteristics
Responses to questions 21 to 25 and 27 to 29 are pre-coded. Tick the box for the correct response.

Question 22: What is the tenure status of the household?
This refers to the arrangements under which the household occupies its living quarters in the nature of its right to be there. Use the tick-box to indicate the appropriate one:

1 Owner/purchaser
An owner or purchaser is one who owns the house or is in the process of buying it.
Some people may own their house in terms of customary law and should be recorded as owners.
2 Tenant
A tenant rents and occupies the whole dwelling unit and generally pays electricity and water charges to the urban authority.
3 Lodger
A lodger rents part of a dwelling unit which is normally occupied by the owner/purchaser.
4 Tied accommodation
A person living in tied accommodation occupies it by virtue of his or her job. The accommodation belongs to the employer and is made available as parts of terms of employment. If the person leaves the job, s/he is required to move out of the dwelling unit. An example are domestic workers quarters.
5 Other
This category includes those staying free in a dwelling unit but constituting a separate household

top
Lesotho 1996 — source variable LS1996A_TENURE — Tenure
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Section F. Housing characteristics and household possessions

31. What is the tenure of the household?

[] 1 Owned
[] 2 Rented
[] 3 Not owned
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
6. Part F of the questionnaire (housing)

142. Column 31: Ownership of the housing unit.
Code 1 if the house is owned, Code 2 if the house is rented and Code 3 if neither of the two apply.


top
Liberia 2008 — source variable LR2008A_OWN — Method used to acquire housing unit
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
H02. How was this dwelling acquired?
Owner
[] 1 Purchased
[] 2 Constructed
[] 3 Inherited
Provided / Rented
[] 4 Government
[] 5 NHC
[] 6 Private company
[] 7 Private individual
[] 8 Squatter
[] 9 Other (specify)

top
Malawi 1987 — source variable MW1987A_TENURE1 — Tenure of dwelling, first dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

Tenure
[] 1 Owner/family occupied
[] 2 Rented
[] 3 Other (specify) ____

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Tenure: Ask the respondent whether the dwelling unit is being occupied by the individual/family who owns it or whether it is being rented or is of other tenancy status. The appropriate codes for tenancy status are:
[] 1 Owner/family occupied
[] 2 Rented
[] 3 Other (specify)


Enter the appropriate code for the response in column 85. Remember to specify the tenancy status in the case of code 3 ("Other").

top
Malawi 1998 — source variable MW1998A_TENURE1 — Tenure of 1st dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

D4. Tenure
[] 1 Owner/family occupied
[] 2 Rented
[] 3 Other

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Part D: Dwelling Unit Characteristics and Access to Facilities


D4. Tenure: Ask the respondent whether the dwelling unit is being occupied by the individual/family who owns it, whether it is being rented or is of other tenancy status.


top
Malawi 2008 — source variable MW2008A_TENURE — Tenure of the dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

D02. Tenure of the dwelling unit
[] 1 Owner / family occupied
[] 2 Rented
[] 3 Other

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

D02. Tenure of the Dwelling Unit
Ask the respondent for the tenure of Dwelling Unit and shade the appropriate code.

top
Malaysia 1970 — source variable MY1970A_OWNERSHP — Ownership of dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

17. [Ownership status of the household]
[] Own/occup. (skip to 23)
[] Tenant (go to 18)
[] Other (skip to 23)


[Questions 18 - 22 were asked of tenants]


18. Renting from:

[] Another H.H. in L.Q.'s (go to 19)
[] Individual outside L.Q.'s. (skip to 20)
[] Government or Public Authority (skip to 20)
[] Firm/company (skip to 20)
[] Other (skip to 20)


19. H.H. number:
[] [1 - 10]


20. Is the landlord your employer?
[] Yes
[] No


21. Rent: _ _ _ _

top
Malaysia 1980 — source variable MY1980A_TENURE — Tenancy of housing unit
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
18. (a) Do you pay rent for your accommodation?

[] Yes (Skip to 19)
[] No

(b) Does this household own this housing unit?

[Question 18 (b) is asked of those who did not pay rent for their accommodation.]
[] Yes
[] No
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Questions 18-20

Questions 18, 19 and 20 are to be asked of households, occupying Living Quarters of Codes 1 to 17 only. The Living Quarters Codes are obtained from the Housing Census and shown in the House-listing Book (Stage 1) column 2.


Question 18
Ask the question as given: If the respondent says "yes" to Question 18a, that is if the household is a tenant household paying rent for accommodation, you are to mark "yes" and skip to Question 19. You are to ask Question 18b only if they say "no" to Question 18a.

In Question 18b; mark "yes" if the housing unit belongs to the household you are interviewing. This includes households who are currently paying installments for purchasing the unit. If there are other arrangements for example free housing, then mark "no".


top
Malaysia 1991 — source variable MY1991A_OWNER — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
[Questions A2-9 were asked of living quarters built or converted for living.]


A5. Who is the owner of these living quarters?

Individual Ownership

[] 1 Self-owned
[] 2 Other individual owner


Non-individual Ownership

[] 3 Government/statutory body
[] 4 Private
[] 5 Others (Specify) ____

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question A5

[Question A5 from the enumeration form is not presented here.]

Purpose
This question is to obtain information relating to the ownership status of the LQ.

Definition
The word "own" covers all LQs which are purchased through loan regardless of whether the loan has been paid up or not, by installment or it is still under mortgage.

Individual ownership
This includes LQs occupied by the owner himself/ herself or LQs which are rented from other individual owners.

(i) Self-owned (Code 1)
This category includes LQs occupied by the owner himself/ herself or the family or a relative of the owner who inherits the LQs.

(ii) Other individual owner (Code 2)
This category includes LQs rented by occupants from other individuals.

Non-individual ownership
This includes LQs owned by the government/statutory body/local authority, private companies, and non-individual owners.

[p.77]

(i) Government/ Statutory body (Code 3)
Included in this category are LQs owned by the government and statutory bodies, e.g., government quarters, NEB quarters, UDA flats, Dewan Bandaraya Kuala Lumpur, PKNS, etc. In most cases, the occupants have to pay rent to the authority.

However, there are LQs under FELDA housing schemes whereby the occupants are required to pay monthly installment to the authority. In such cases, the LQs should be classified under "Self-owned" (Code 1).

(ii) Private (Code 4)
Included in this category are LQs owned by private companies. It includes LQs provided by the employers to their employees, e.g., estate houses or houses owned by the private company and rented out to the public.

In some cases, if the LQs provided by the employer is owned by individuals, and the employer rents the LQs for his/her employees classify the LQs as "Other individual owner" (Code 2).

(iii) Others (Code 5)
This refers to categories other than the above-mentioned, e.g., owned by co-operatives, associations, etc.

How to ask the question
Ask the question as stated in the questionnaire.


How to record the answer
Mark "X" in the relevant box. If code 5 is marked, state the ownership status on the dotted line.


top
Malaysia 2000 — source variable MY2000A_TENURE1 — Own present living quarter
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
B8.

(a) Does any member of this household own this living quarters?
[] 1 Yes (Go to B11)
[] 2 No


(b) Does any member of this household own any other living quarters in Malaysia?
[For those who answer "No" in B8 (a)]

[] 1 Yes
[] 2 No


top
Mali 1987 — source variable ML1987A_OCCUPAN — Type of occupancy
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

3. Type of occupancy
[] Landlord
[] Rental
[] Other type

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

3. Type of occupancy

Here you must figure out in what capacity the household occupies the dwelling. The choices possible are owner, renter, or dwelling occupied in another capacity. The definitions are as follows:
a. Owner: This is the person to whom the dwelling in question belongs. He is the legal owner of the building and can, as a result, rent or even sell all or part of the dwelling.

NB: Any person who answers questions for the absent or unavailable head of household, and who normally belongs to the household, can be indicated as owner in place of the head of household when the household is owner of the premises.

b. Renter: This is anyone who occupies a dwelling in exchange for periodic payment (by week, by month, etc.) which is the rent.

c. Other: This category includes: those who are lodged for free, households that occupy the dwelling of an absent owner without paying any rent and without the authorization of the owner; and other cases not included in the above categories.


Refer to the above definitions and ask the head of household this question: "In what capacity do you occupy the dwelling?" and then check off the box corresponding to the typical case.

Example 1: A household rents a 3-room dwelling in a compound. Question 3 is then filled out as follows:

[Page 45]

Question 3 - Method of Occupation:
[] Owner
[x] Renter
[] Other


top
Mali 1998 — source variable ML1998A_OWNER — Ownership status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

Section "D": Housing


4. Type of occupation

[] Landlord, with official documentation
[] Landlord, without official documentation
[] Co-owner
[] Tenant
[] Leasing
[] Free lodger
[] Other type

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

1.4. Housing

This second part is devoted to housing, and aims at listing all housing units for the households at time of the census, at gathering information on building characteristics, and to obtain indicators on the conditions in which the population is housed.


10. Column H24: Type of occupancy

One shall determine in what capacity the household head occupies the dwelling unit. Possible cases are:

[] 1 Landlord, with a deed
[] 2 Landlord, without a deed
[] 3 Condominium (shared property)
[] 4 Tenant (Renting)
[] 5 Leasing
[] 6 Free lodging
[] 7 Others


The main following definitions may be useful to you:

a. Landlord: this is the person who owns the dwelling unit concerned. He or she is the legal owner of the real estate, and may, as a consequence, rent or sell the whole or parts of the dwelling unit.

b. Tenant: This is a person who occupies a dwelling unit while paying periodically (per week, per month, etc...) a given amount of money, called the rent.

c. Others: This category includes the persons housed for free, the households who occupy the dwelling unit of an absentee landlord without paying a rent, or without the authorization of the latter, as well as the other cases not defined in the above categories.


Refer to these definitions, and go ask to the household head the following question: "In which title does the household occupy the dwelling unit?" Circle the number corresponding to the typical case.

Example 1: A household rents in a compound a 3-rooms dwelling unit. Then Column H24 will be filled as (4): Tenant

top
Mali 2009 — source variable ML2009A_OWNERSHP — Occupancy status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Circle the code that applies or record the appropriate code in the space provided. If there is a plot occupied by a single household, use the characteristics of the main building (without including the number of rooms)

H10) Occupancy status

[] 1 Owner with property title
[] 2 Owner without property title
[] 3 Co-owner
[] 4 Renter
[] 5 Hire purchase
[] 6 Lodged for free
[] 7 Others, specify
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
6.2.6.10 Occupation status (Column H10)
This question is used to determine in what way the household occupies the dwelling. The agent asks, "In what capacity does this household occupy this dwelling?." Refer to the definitions and write the corresponding code.

1 = Owner with land title
2 = Owner without land title: Person who owns the dwelling. The owner may be a legal owner of the property, buildings. He may therefore make rent or even sell all or a portion of the housing.
3 = Co-owner: Person sharing the property. This is often the case in inheritances.
4 = Renter: Person occupying a dwelling and pays rent on a periodic basis (weekly, monthly etc.)
5 = Rent-to-buy: Person occupying a dwelling and pays rent on a periodic basis (weekly, monthly etc.), but who becomes the owner after a certain time (social housing).
6 = Free housing: Person occupying a dwelling and does not pay rent.
7 = Other, specify: This category includes situations not included in the above categories.

top
Mexico 1960 — source variable MX1960A_OWNED — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
47. If you own the dwelling, make an X.

[]

top
Mexico 1970 — source variable MX1970A_OWNED — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

Ownership

Is the dwelling owned by the occupants? (even though it is not totally paid for)
Mark with an X
[ ] 1 Yes
[ ] 2 No

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Ownership

The dwelling is considered owned when it is being paid for in payments, as long as it is the property of any of the people who inhabit the dwelling. It is not owned when the dwelling is rented, borrowed or provided as part of a job, as in the case of a watchman, doorman, caretaker, etc.

top
Mexico 1990 — source variable MX1990A_OWNERSHP — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

11. Ownership

This dwelling is: Mark with an X one circle only.

[ ] 1 Owned
[ ] 2 Rented
[ ] 3 In other situation

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Characteristics of the dwelling

The series of questions found on page two of the questionnaire will permit you to find out the principal characteristics of the dwellings: the materials that they are made out of, the number of rooms that the dwelling consists of and the use the rooms are given, the available services, ownership of the dwelling and the cooking fuel that they use.


11. Possession

If the dwelling has a mortgage or it's still being paid for, consider it as owned.


top
Mexico 1995 — source variable MX1995A_OWNER — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

1.18 Ownership
Is this dwelling:
Read the options until getting an affirmative response.

[] 1 Owned, being paid for?
[] 2 Owned?
[] 3 Rented?
[] 4 Is in another situation?

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

1.18 Ownership

This question finds out the degree of security of occupants to remain in a dwelling and identifies the impact on the family budget when it is rented or being paid for.

Ownership is the legal or de facto situation in which occupants inhabit a dwelling.

[graphic of the question from the census form]

This question has four answer options, circle the one where the informant answers affirmatively.

An owned dwelling has two options, which are mentioned below.

Owned, paying for it? 1

When it is being covered or paid for by debit or mortgage.

Owned? 2

When the value of the house is not in debt.

If at least one of the occupants is owner of a dwelling, it is registered as owned. Only the property of the dwelling is taken into account, without that of the land being important. In [p. 76] cases of cooperative pieces of land, it is recommended to read from the option Owned? Without mentioning the option Owned being paid for?

Rented? 3

When a dwelling is occupied in exchange for a rent payment.

In another situation?

When a dwelling is loaned or ceded in exchange for personal service, domestic or other reason.

top
Mexico 2000 — source variable MX2000A_OWNER2 — Ownership/tenure status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

14. Ownership

Is the dwelling owned by someone who lives here?
Circle only one answer.

1 Yes

3 Mortgaged
4 Totally paid for
5 Another situation

2 No

6 Rented
7 Loaned, caretakers or another situation

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

14. Ownership

Within tenancy, only the dwelling property is considered, without giving importance to the land.

If the dwelling is the property of a person who lives in it, read the options: Are you paying for it?, Is it paid for?, Is it in a different situation?, and circle the code for which you get an affirmative answer. For this consider the following situations.

[Depiction of this completed question on the enumeration form]

The option Are you paying for it? Includes dwellings in which a debt or mortgage is being paid.

If the dwelling is in an agricultural communal farm [ejido] or community, and is the property of one of the residents of the dwelling, circle code 4, without asking if they are paying or if it totally paid for.

The option is it in a different situation? Includes other cases which are not found in the options. For example, dwellings that are in dispute or bank foreclosure, and those of squatters.

When the dwelling is not the property of any of the residents, read the options: Is it rented?, Is it borrowed, being cared for, or in a different situation?; in this last type are found, for example, intestate dwellings (the owner died without designating a new owner).

top
Mexico 2010 — source variable MX2010A_OWNERSHP — Tenancy
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

I. Dwelling Characteristics
[Questions 1-19 were not asked of mobile dwellings, shelter and premises not intended for habitation]


16. Tenancy
In this dwelling:

Read the options until you receive an affirmative response and then circle only one code.

[] 1 The owner lives
[] 2 They pay rent (go to 18)
[] 3 It is occupied according to another status (go to 18)

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

6.3 Section I. Housing characteristics

In this section, instructions will be presented for the questions that investigate the characteristics of the private inhabited dwellings.

If the class of the private inhabited dwellings is a premise not intended for inhabitation, a mobile dwelling, a shelter, or a collective dwelling, don't apply this section. Start the interview with the section II, List of People.


16. Tenancy
This question records whether the owner resides in the dwelling, whether the occupants pay rent, or if they occupy it in another way.

Consider who is the owner or landlord, even if he/she reports having a debt or mortgage.

[Consider] if the dwelling is occupied with a different situation, covering the cases of dwellings on loan, in legal problems, intestate, or occupied without the permission of the owner.


top
Mexico 2015 — source variable MX2015A_OWNERSHP — Dwelling tenancy
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
24. Possession
In this dwelling:
[Read the options and circle one code for each one]

[] 1 Does the owner live here?
[] 2 Do you pay rent? [skip to section II, list of people]
[] 3 Is it a family member’s or do they let you use it? [skip to section II, list of people]
[] 4 They are living here by some other means? [skip to section II, list of people]
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
21. Dwelling tenancy
This question distinguishes whether the dwelling owner is living there, if the occupants rent, if the dwelling belongs to a relative, or if the dwelling is lent from somebody else. Read the question and each option until obtain an affirmative answer and circle the corresponding code.

[Figures are omitted]

The owner lives here: means that the dwelling owner is a regular resident of the dwelling, even when he/she does not have the documents that prove the ownership. It does not matter if the occupants have a debt or mortgage.

Rent is paid: this option applies when one of the occupants pays rent or lease to occupy the dwelling.

The dwelling is owned by a relative or it is borrowed: this option applies if the informant says that the dwelling belongs to his/hers husband, son, father, brother, other relative, or friend who lives in another house; this option includes dwellings received on loan by the company or institution where one of the occupants works one or when the owner asked them to look after the dwelling.

They are occupying the dwelling in other circumstance: this option covers cases of dwellings in litigation, intestate, and occupied with no permission of the owner and any other different situation.

If the occupants answer that the owner died, asks the informant to tell you if any of the regular occupants considered himself/herself as the owner or if they are in another situation, by reading the other options.

If the informant declares that the dwelling is owned by one of the occupants, but not the land, circle the first option "the owner lives here".

If the answer is that rent is paid, the dwelling is owned by a relative or it is borrowed, or they occupy the dwelling in other circumstance, pass to section II "List of people". Otherwise, continue with question 25 "Owner's name".


top
Morocco 1982 — source variable MA1982A_OWNERSHP — Dwelling ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

29. Tenancy status of the dwelling
[] 1 Landlord or owner
[] 2 In process of becoming owner
[] 3 Tenant
[] 4 Under mortgage
[] 5 Housing provided by employer
[] 6 Free lodging
[] 7 Other cases

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
29. Status of occupation:
[This is question 28 for rural dwellings]

[] 1 Owner or associated partner
[] 2 Towards ownership
[] 3 Tenant
[] 4 Mortgage
[] 5 Accommodation that goes with the job
[] 6 Housed for free
[] 7 Other cases

top
Morocco 1994 — source variable MA1994A_OWNERSHP — Tenant status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

Q27. Status of occupation:
[] 1 Owner or associated partner
[] 2 Towards ownership
[] 3 Tenant
[] 4 Accommodation that goes with the job
[] 5 Housed for free
[] 6 Other cases

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Housing record


Housing equipment
[Questions 25a-g.]


Q27. Status of occupation:

1 Owner or associated partner
2 Towards ownership
3 Tenant
4 Accommodation that goes with the job
5 Housed for free
6 Other cases


top
Morocco 2004 — source variable MA2004A_OWNERSHP — Tenant status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Housing characteristics (living conditions of the household)


L3. Tenant status of the dwelling

[] 1 Landlord, owner or condominium
[] 2 In process of becoming landlord
[] 3 Tenant (renter)
[] 4 Housing provided by employer
[] 5 Free lodging
[] 6 Other cases

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

L3: Tenant status of the dwelling
1. Owner or co-ownership: owner is the person who lives in a place his owns. Co-owner he is an associate in the ownership of the place, where the household lives.

2. In process of becoming owner: about to finish [paying a] loan (in favor of promoter or others) to become owner of place he lives in.

3. Tenant: is a person who pays rent in order to use the premise.

4. Housing provided by employer: provided by public or private employer for small payment.

5. Free lodging: is someone who does not own or pay rent for the places he lives in. Employer provided housing is not included in this category.

6. Other cases: all other cases not mentioned above.


top
Morocco 2014 — source variable MA2014A_OWNERSHP — Ownership of dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Household living conditions

L08. Occupancy status

[] 1 Owner, co-owner
[] 2 In the process of buying
[] 3 Renter of non-mortgaged property
[] 4 Renter of mortgaged property
[] 5 Staff accommodation
[] 6 House free of charge
[] 7 Other

top
Mozambique 2007 — source variable MZ2007A_REGIST — Tenure
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Section E: Characteristics and Condition of the Dwelling
Enumerator: Fill out the Enumeration Form using the question about the dwelling. If there is more than one household within the dwelling, fill out questions 1-11 only, for the first household.

[Questions 4 through 6 were asked those in private dwellings]

4. The dwelling is

[] 1 Owned
[] 2 Rented
[] 3 Lent/borrowed temporarily
[] 4 Other
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
E4. The dwelling is:

Read the Question and each of the alternatives. Wait for the response. Write an X in the corresponding number.

Attention:

Owned: when the rights of property of the dwelling belong to the household. Are included within this category the households that are still paying for the house to an institution, bank or person;
Rented: when the house is occupied by tenants from APIE, EMOSE or another proprietor to whom they pay a monthly or periodic fee;
Lent or borrowed temporarily: when it was temporarily lent by the employer, friends or relatives;
Other: refers to any other kind of occupation of the dwelling (the house is not rented, nor owned, or borrowed).

top
Myanmar 2014 — source variable MM2014A_OWNERSHP — Type of ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Housing characteristics

33. Type of ownership of housing unit

[] 1. Owner
[] 2. Renter
[] 3. Provided free (individual)
[] 4. Government quarter
[] 5. Private company quarter
[] 6. Other

top
Nepal 2001 — source variable NP2001A_OWNERSHP — Ownership of house
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

2. What is the type of ownership of the house occupied by the HH?
[] 1 Owned
[] 2 Rented
[] 3 Others ____

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Q.2. What kind of house ownership does the household hold?

[] 1. Own
[] 2. Rented
[] 3. Others


House ownership refers to legal ownership; the ownership belongs to the person whose name the house is registered in. In rural areas, usually houses are not registered legally, so house ownership can be in regard to land ownership. House ownership is split into three types:
1. Own - At the time of the enumeration if the residence of the household, house, part of the house or flat is in the legal ownership of any household member, then it is considered owned. If the place of residence of the household member is the ancestral home but legally the registration is not yet transferred, then the house ownership is considered as owned.

2. Rent - The house of residence, part of the house or the flat is not in the ownership of the any member of the household; and if rent is paid (cash/kind) for living there, then the house should be understood as rented. If rent is paid for living in a house, then code number 2 should be marked.

3. Others - If the place of residence is at the place of a relative's house, the place provided by the proprietor, organization or house owner of work, and the house rent should not be paid in cash/kinds, then the house should be depicted as "other". If the house of residence is not of one's own and the permission of authorized person is also not necessary for residing there, then in that case it is marked as "other". In other words, if the house does not belong to the household and the rent is not to be paid either, then code 3 should be marked and the type of residence should be recorded.


top
Nepal 2011 — source variable NP2011A_OWNERSHP — House ownership status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Household Information

1. What is the type of the house occupied by the household?

[] 1 Own
[] 2 Rented
[] 3 Institutional
[] 4 Others ____
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Household information

Question 1: what type of ownership is the house used by this family?

[] 1 Private
[] 2 Rental
[] 3 Institutional
[] 4 Other

Ownership means the ownership with legal rights, i.e. the ownership of the house belongs to that person under whose name the house is registered, in which they are living currently. Some of the houses might not be legally registered and in this condition, the ownership of land corresponds to the ownership of the house. For the enumeration purpose, the ownership of house has been divided into four categories.

1. Private - During the enumeration time, if the entire house, part of it or flat, where the family is currently living, legally belongs to any of the members of the household/family, then it is considered private ownership. If the house where the family is living is entitled to use as legacy/inheritance but not transferred to them legally, in such condition it is also considered private ownership. If the house in which the family is living is private, mark the number 1 with circle.

2. Rented - If the house, part of the house or a flat, in which the family is currently living, does not belongs legally to any member of the family, and if rent (either money or goods or both) is paid for living in there, then it should be considered rented and accordingly mark the number 2 with a circle.

3. Institutional - If the family is living in a house without paying any rent, which belongs legally to an organized institution or office, then such house is an institutional house. If such house exists, mark the number 3 with circle. If any family living in a house without paying any rent, which do not belongs to any institution or office but the house are used on the terms and conditions that an institution or office shall bear the rent, then such house should be considered as an institutional house and number 3 should be marked with a circle.

4. Other - Besides the types of houses stated above, if a family lives in a house of different kind, e.g. the house or space provided by relatives or a person or the house owner and is living there without any obligation of paying rent (money or goods), then it should be stated in the category of other. If the house where the family is living does not belongs to them and also has not taken any permission to live there, it should be stated as other. In other words, the house does not belong to the family, they do not have to pay rent and it is also non-institutional, then circle the number 4 with other category and also specify what is the type of the house / living place.


top
Nicaragua 1971 — source variable NI1971A_OWNER — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

4. Tenure and monthly rent

[] 1 Owned
[] 2 Rented

____ Monthly rent

[] 3 Other form of tenure

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question #4

Tenure and monthly rent

a. How to carry out the investigation
The following definitions will allow the dwelling's tenure to be investigated correctly:


[p. 27]

Tenure is understood to be the arrangements by which the household occupies the place of abode. That is, the form in which the household possesses the dwelling.

Owned: The dwelling that belongs to a member of the household occupying that dwelling.

Included as owned are those dwellings that are being acquired via payments but are not completely paid for.

Rented: The dwelling that does not belong to a household member occupying that dwelling and that is being occupied through a payment of rent.

Monthly rent: If the dwelling is rented, the amount of monthly rent paid for the right of occupying the dwelling is requested.

Other forms of tenure: These are cases where the dwelling does not belong to a household member and is not rented. Such is the case for caretakers or employees whose dwelling is provided by the owner or company.


b. How to record the data
After the tenure is determined, an "X" is marked in the appropriate box. If the dwelling is rented, the amount of monthly rent is recorded in the space provided.

c. Example:


[These instructions refer to a graph of question 4 on the census form]

top
Nicaragua 1995 — source variable NI1995A_OWNERSHP — Type of tenure
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Characteristics of the dwelling


Type of tenure
11. This dwelling is:

[] 1 Owned with legal contract
[] 2 Owned without legal contract
[] 3 Rented
[] 4 Other

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question 11: Type of tenure
This refers to the form of possession or legal situation of the dwelling. You should mark only one of the alternatives.
1. Owned with legal contract
When the dwelling belongs to any of the persons who live in it, whether because it was purchased and is totally paid for or because it was inherited.

2. Owned without legal contract
This is the dwelling where property rights have been acquired with the passage of time but the person has no legal document that accredits ownership, it has permission of OOT or has a mortgage that is being paid.

3. Rented
When the dwelling is occupied in exchange for an amount in the concept of rent, in agreement with the owner.

4. Other
In this group you should include the cases not listed above, which can be: loaned, ceded, or other.


top
Nicaragua 2005 — source variable NI2005A_OWNERSHP — Dwelling ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

8. This dwelling that is occupied is:
[] 1 Rented
[] 2 Allotted or lent for free
[] 3 Being paid in installments or mortgaged
[] 4 Borrowed
[] 5 Owned without legal contract
[] 6 Owned with legal contract
[] 7 Other

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Dwelling tenure

Definitions

Allotted or lent for free
This dwelling is inhabited as a benefit given by a person's work or it belongs to a family member.

Being paid in installments or mortgaged
This is a dwelling which is generally being paid for in monthly installments.

Owned without legal contract
This is a dwelling which still does not have legal documents. It may or may not have a notice of payment from the title office.


Question 8. The dwelling that is occupied is:

Read the options one by one and mark an "X" next to the one stated by the informant.


top
Nigeria 2006 — source variable NG2006A_TENURE — Tenure status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
17. Tenure

[] 1 Normal rent
[] 2 Free
[] 3 Nominal/subsidized rent
[] 4 Owner occupier
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Q17. Tenure:
There are four major categories of tenure. You are to shade the appropriate bubble.

Tenure (Rent status):
Rent status has been divided into four groups namely:

(a) Normal rents: This refer to an occupier paying the amount normally paid as rent in the area where he's living, for the same number and types of rooms occupied.
Pg. 24
(b) Rent Free: Where the occupier pays no rent for the apartment occupied, e.g. a family house.

(c) Nominal /Subsidized Rent: Where the occupier pays rent which is below what others pay in the same area. The rent may be due to the relationship between the landlord and the occupier.

(d) Owner Occupier: In this case, the house is occupied by the owner.

top
Nigeria 2007 — source variable NG2007A_TENURE — Tenure status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
17. Tenure

[] 1 Normal rent
[] 2 Free
[] 3 Nominal/subsidized rent
[] 4 Owner occupier
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Part A: Identification information

Respondent: Household head

Direct informants: Household head /spouse/ responsible adult in the Household.

Q17. Tenure:
There are four major categories of tenure. You are to shade the appropriate bubble.

Tenure (Rent status):
Rent status has been divided into four groups namely:

(a) Normal rents: This refer to an occupier paying the amount normally paid as rent in the area where he's living, for the same number and types of rooms occupied.
Pg. 24
(b) Rent Free: Where the occupier pays no rent for the apartment occupied, e.g. a family house.

(c) Nominal /Subsidized Rent: Where the occupier pays rent which is below what others pay in the same area. The rent may be due to the relationship between the landlord and the occupier.

(d) Owner Occupier: In this case, the house is occupied by the owner.

top
Nigeria 2008 — source variable NG2008A_TENURE — Tenure status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
16. Tenure

[] 1 Normal rent
[] 2 Free
[] 3 Nominal/subsidized rent
[] 4 Owner occupier
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Q17. Tenure:
There are four major categories of tenure. You are to shade the appropriate bubble.

Tenure (Rent status):
Rent status has been divided into four groups namely:

(a) Normal rents: This refer to an occupier paying the amount normally paid as rent in the area where he's living, for the same number and types of rooms occupied.
Pg. 24
(b) Rent Free: Where the occupier pays no rent for the apartment occupied, e.g. a family house.

(c) Nominal /Subsidized Rent: Where the occupier pays rent which is below what others pay in the same area. The rent may be due to the relationship between the landlord and the occupier.

(d) Owner Occupier: In this case, the house is occupied by the owner.

top
Nigeria 2009 — source variable NG2009A_TENURE — Tenure status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
16. Tenure

[] 1 Normal rent
[] 2 Free
[] 3 Nominal/subsidized rent
[] 4 Owner occupier
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Q17. Tenure:
There are four major categories of tenure. You are to shade the appropriate bubble.

Tenure (Rent status):
Rent status has been divided into four groups namely:

(a) Normal rents: This refer to an occupier paying the amount normally paid as rent in the area where he's living, for the same number and types of rooms occupied.
Pg. 24
(b) Rent Free: Where the occupier pays no rent for the apartment occupied, e.g. a family house.

(c) Nominal /Subsidized Rent: Where the occupier pays rent which is below what others pay in the same area. The rent may be due to the relationship between the landlord and the occupier.

(d) Owner Occupier: In this case, the house is occupied by the owner.

top
Nigeria 2010 — source variable NG2010A_TENURE — Tenure status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
1. Do you own or are you purchasing this dwelling, is it provided to you by an employer, do you use it for free, or do you rent this house?

[ ] 1 Owned
[ ] 2 Employer provides (go to q3)
[ ] 3 Free, authorized (go to q3)
[ ] 4 Free, not authorized (go to q3)
[ ] 5 Rented (go to q4)
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Section 8: Housing
This section aims at measuring the quality of housing occupied by the household. It seeks information on the ownership of the dwelling, rent expenditures, as well as the physical characteristics of the dwelling.

It also deals with the measure of the degree of access to a number of basic infrastructures believed to be particularly sensitive to economic conditions such as water, sanitation, fuel, etc.

Question 1: It seeks information on the ownership of the dwelling and to determine whether the dwelling is owned by the household; provided by the employers; free authorized; free, not authorized or rented. The interviewer is expected to record only one option in the space provided. Only one option is expected. If code 1, i.e. owned, then the interviewer should continue to q2. If it is code 2, 3, or 4, the interviewer skips to q3, and if code 5, skip to q4

Definition
Dwelling: This includes all types of structures occupied by members of a household. It may consist of a room(s) inside a house, a group of houses, a multi‐storeyed house, and a hut or group of huts.

Owned means that the dwelling/building is owned by the household, either built personally or purchased by the household.

Employer provides: It means that the employer provided the dwelling for the household because he/she is the employee of the employer.

Free authorized means that the household lives in the dwelling with full permission of the owner of the dwelling and the household is not paying for it.

Page 89 of 143

Free, not authorized means that the household life in the dwelling without the permission of the owner of the dwelling and nothing is paid. The owner of the dwelling can eject the household any time without any legal implication.

Rented means that the household paying for the dwelling and he/she is paying an agreed amount to the owner regularly based on the term agreed on, either yearly, quarterly, or monthly.

top
Pakistan 1998 — source variable PK1998A_TENURE — Tenure
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

Tenure
[] 1 Rented
[] 2 Rent free
[] 3 Owned

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Nature of residence
Fill the oval related to nature of residence in this column. Nature of residence means the capacity in which the household in question is residing. House can be owned, rented (though rent is being paid in the form of lease), or without rent. If the household member is providing services to owner of the house in return as rent, then the nature of residence will be considered rent free.

top
Palestine 1997 — source variable PS1997A_TENURE — Ownership status of household unit
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

17. Tenure ownership type of the living quarter
[] 1 Owned
[] 2 Rented unfurnished
[] 3 Rented furnished
[] 4 Without payment of cash rent
[] 5 For work [Rent as labor work]
[] 6 Others


top
Palestine 2007 — source variable PS2007A_OWNERSHP — Housing unit ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

8. Tenure of the housing unit
[] 1 Owned
[] 2 Rented unfurnished
[] 3 Rented furnished
[] 4 Without payment
[] 5 For work
[] 6 Other


top
Panama 1960 — source variable PA1960A_OWNERSH — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

Get data for questions 2 - 14 only for an occupied dwelling


8. Ownership:

[] 1 Owned (completely or partially paid for)
[] 2 Rented
[] 3 Other form

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question 8 Ownership:

Mark the box corresponding to how the family occupies the dwelling to be enumerated.
The following are considered "owned":
a) A dwelling occupied by the owner of the building and the land or only the building.
b) A dwelling paid for by using half of the mortgage loans of the Social Security Fund, the National Bank, The Savings Bank and other credit institutions even if they haven't been completely paid off.

If the dwelling is neither owned nor rented, for example "ceded", mark box 3 corresponding to "another form"

top
Panama 1980 — source variable PA1980A_TENURE — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

Ask questions 3 through 14 only for those dwellings, with inhabitants present, that are classified in boxes 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 of question number 1, Type of Dwelling.


4. Ownership

[] 1 Owned
[] 2 Owned, mortgaged

Monthly mortgage payment B./ ____

[] 3 Rented

Monthly rent B./ ____

[] 4 Ceded
[] 5 Condemned

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question 4 Ownership

Mark box [] 1 (Owned) when the dwelling that the family occupies is owned. The dwelling is considered "owned" by the owner of the building and the land or only the building. Include as owned a dwelling constructed with their own resources, those [dwellings] built with mortgage loans already paid for or those acquired through other means.
Mark box 2 (Owned mortgaged dwelling) when the dwelling has been built by means of mortgage loans from the Social Security Fund, the Savings Bank, the National Bank, collective mortgages and other credit institutions and have not been totally paid for.
Include also as owned mortgaged those dwellings whose original mortgage has been totally paid for but that is found to be committed to a new mortgage that has not been paid for yet.
For the cases of the mortgaged dwellings, write down in Balboas, in the corresponding space, the monthly sum that is paid on the mortgage.
Example: B/65.00, B/150.00, B/275.00, etc
Mark box 3 (Rented) when the unit of habitation is rented that is that the right to use it is paid for and write down in Balboas in the corresponding space the monthly sum that is paid for rent.
Example: B/5.00, B/25.00, B/55.00, B/135.00, etc.
Mark box 4 (Ceded) when the dwelling is ceded, or that is, when the occupants are not the owners and do not pay rent or mortgage. Generally, persons who inhabit these dwellings are relatives of the owner or the dwellings have been ceded for reasons of work.

[p. 59]

Example: some worker's houses of the Chiriqui Land Company, the cleaner of an apartment building who is given the room for cleaning the building.
Mark box 5 (Condemned) when the dwelling that the family occupies is condemned or that is, it is considered uninhabitable by the Office of Safety, the Fire Department, the Department of Municipal Engineering, the Department of Sanity of the Ministry of Health and that because of its poor state and hygienic and deteriorative condition constitute grave danger for the security and health of its tenants. The tenants do not pay rent and assume the expenses of water and light.

top
Panama 1990 — source variable PA1990A_OWNED1 — Tenure of the dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

3. Ownership of the dwelling. Is your dwelling
[] 1 Mortgaged?

Monthly payment B/. _ _ _ _

[] 2 Rented?

Monthly payment B/. _ _ _ _

[] 3 Owned?
[] 4 Ceded?
[] 5 Condemned?

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Questions 3 to 14 only are asked at dwellings with occupants present classified in one of the circles 01 to 05 of question Number 1 "Type of Dwelling".


Question Number 3: Ownership of the dwelling
Is your dwelling. . .
Read the options and mark only one circle according to what the persons indicates. Keep in mind the following definitions:

a. Mortgaged (Circle 1)
It refers to the dwelling that has been built by means of mortgage loans from the Social Security Fund, from the Savings Bank, from the National Bank, collective mortgages and from other credit institutions and are not totally paid for.
Include also as a mortgage a dwelling whose original mortgage has been totally paid, but that is found to be involved with a new mortgage and it has not been paid yet.
For the case of the mortgaged dwellings, mark circle 1 and write down in Balboas in the corresponding space, the monthly sum that pays the mortgage. Write down whole numbers, omitting cents. Put 0 in front of the mortgage when it is less than B/1,000.
Examples:

[Below the text are two drawings of filled out questions.


[p. 38]

b. Rented (Circle 2):
When the habitation unit is rented or that is the right to use it is paid for, mark circle 2 and write down in Balboas in the corresponding space the monthly sum that is paid for rent, omitting cents. Put 0 in front of the rent when it is less than B/1,000.
Examples:

[Below the text is a picture of a filled out question.]

If the person pays the mortgage or rent every other week, multiply this amount by two.
Example:
In a dwelling that is being enumerated in San Miguelito, the head of the home informs that he is charged B/55.00 for two weeks of mortgage payment. The information should be written down as such:

[Below the text is a picture of a filled out question.]

c. Owned (Circle 3):
The dwelling is considered owned when occupied by the owner of the building and the land or only the building. Include as owned the dwelling built with their own resources, built through mortgage payments already paid for or rented or acquired through other means.


[p. 39]

d. Ceded (Circle 4):
It refers to a dwelling whose occupants are not owners and they do not pay any rent or mortgage. Generally the persons who inhabit these dwellings are relatives of the owner or have been ceded for work reasons.
Examples:

1) Some houses for workers of the Chiriquí Land Company.
2) The room that a cleaner occupies in a building as payment for doing the cleaning.

e. Condemned (Circle 5):
It refers to a dwelling considered uninhabitable by the Office of Safety, the Fire Department, the Department of Municipal Engineering, the Department of Sanity of the Ministry of Health and that because of its poor state and hygienic and deteriorative condition constitute grave danger for the security and health of its tenants. The tenants do not pay rent and assume the expenses of water and light.


top
Panama 2000 — source variable PA2000A_TENURE — Ownership (tenure) of the dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

4. Is your dwelling . . . (read)
[] 1 Mortgaged?
[] 2 Rented?

[For 1 or 2:]
_ _ _ _ B/. (monthly payment)

[] 3 Owned?
[] 4 Ceded?
[] 5 Condemned?
[] 6 Other?

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Questions 3 to 15 are only asked at dwellings with occupants present (Circle 1).


Question No. 4: Is the dwelling . . ?

Ownership of the Dwelling
Read the options and mark a single circle according to what the person indicates. Keep in mind the following definitions:

a. Mortgaged (Circle 1)
It refers to a dwelling that has been built by means of mortgage loans from the Mortgage Bank, Social Security Fund, from the Savings Bank, from the National Bank, collective mortgages and from other credit institutions and are not totally paid for.
Include also as a mortgage a dwelling whose original mortgage has been totally paid, but that is found to be involved with a new mortgage and it has not been paid yet.
For the case of the mortgaged dwellings, mark circle 1 and write down in Balboas in the corresponding space, the monthly sum that is paid for the mortgage. Write down whole numbers, omitting cents. Put 0 in front of the mortgage when it is less than B/1,000.


[p. 39]

If a person pays the mortgage every two weeks, multiply this value by two
If a person claims to be paying a mortgage for a house and does not declare the amount, state this situation in the "observations" lines.
Example:
The head of the dwelling states that B/90.75 is paid every two weeks in mortgage payments. Mark the circle and write down the corresponding amount.

[Below the text is a form.]

b. Rented (Circle 2):
A dwelling is considered rented when the right to use it is paid for. Write down in balboas and in whole numbers, the sum that is paid for rent in the corresponding space.
Put 0 in front of the rent when the value is less than B/1,000.
Remember to multiply by two if a person declares to have paid this rent every two weeks.
If a person declares to be paying rent for a house and does not declare the amount, explain this situation in the "observations" lines.


[p. 40]

Example:
Miss Vivian Acosta pays B/250.00 a month, for the rent of the house where she resides. Mark the circle and write down the corresponding amount.

[Below the text is a form.]

c. Owned (Circle 3):
It is a dwelling occupied by the owner of the building and the land or only the building. Include as owned a dwelling built with their own resources, built through mortgage payments already paid for or rented or acquired through other means.

d. Ceded (Circle 4):
It is a dwelling whose occupants are not owners and they do not pay any rent or mortgage. Generally the persons who inhabit these dwellings are relatives of the owner or have been ceded for work reasons.
Examples:
1) Some houses for the workers of companies: Puerto Armuelles and the Bocas del Toro Fruit Company [in English].

2) The room that a cleaner occupies in a building as payment for doing the cleaning.

3) An apartment, owned by a father that a newly married child occupies for which no rent is paid for occupying it.


[p. 41]

e. Condemned (Circle 5):
It refers to a dwelling considered uninhabitable by the Office of Safety, the Fire Department, the Department of Municipal Engineering, the Department of Sanity of the Ministry of Health or the System of National Civil Protection and that because of its poor state and hygienic and deteriorative condition constitutes grave danger for the security and health of its tenants. The tenants do not pay rent and assume the expenses of water and light.

f. Other (Circle 6):
Include here any type of ownership that is not taken account of in any of the previous types.


top
Panama 2010 — source variable PA2010A_OWNERSHP — Ownership status of the dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

3. Is your dwelling
[] 1 Mortgaged

Monthly payment in [Balboas] _ _ _ _

[] 2 Rented

Monthly payment in [Balboas] _ _ _ _

[] 3 Owned
[] 4 Ceded
[] 5 Condemned
[] 6 Other, [specify] ____

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

[Questions 3 to 21 were asked of dwellings that have their residents present.]


Question No. 3: Is your dwelling...?
Ownership of the dwelling
Read the options and mark only one circle according to what the respondent indicates you. Consider the following definitions:
a. Mortgaged (circle 1):
It refers to the dwelling that has been built through a mortgage loan from the Mortgage Bank, the Social Security Fund, a savings fund, the National Bank, collective mortgages, or other credit institutions and has not been totally paid for.
Include also as mortgaged those dwellings which original mortgage has been completely paid for, but are still under a new mortgage that hast not been paid yet.
In the case of dwellings under a mortgage, mark the circle 1 and register the monthly amount in balboas that is paid for the mortgage, in the corresponding space. Register round numbers, omitting the cents. Put a "0" in front if the value of the mortgage is less than 1,000 balboas.
If the person pays the mortgage every other week, multiply the amount by two.
If the respondent indicates that he/she is paying a mortgage on the house and does not declare the amount, inform about this situation in the blank spaces for observations.
b. Rented (circle 2):
A dwelling is considered to be rented when there is an amount paid for the right to use it. Register in balboas and using round numbers in the corresponding space, the amount that is being paid as rent.
Put a "0" in front when the rent is lower than 1,000 balboas.
Remember to multiply by two if respondent declares that the rent is being paid every other week.
[p. 54]
If the respondent indicates that he/she is paying the rent for the house and does not declare the amount, inform about this situation in the blank spaces for observations.
Remember that the amount is recorded using round numbers, not cents; if the person declares the value using cents proceed in the following manner: if the cents are equal or higher than 0.50 you must round up. For example:

a) Monthly mortgage payment: B/. 107.55. Register: 0108.
b) Monthly rent payment: B/. 320.08
If the cents are lower than 0.50, those must be omitted. Example: register 0320.

Example:
The respondent declares that he/she has a discount of B/.90.75 every other week as a mortgage payment. Mark the circle and register the corresponding amount.
[There is a simple image of question 3 from the enumeration form]
[p. 55]
c. Owned (circle 3):
It is a dwelling occupied by the owner of the building and land, or only the building. Include as owned a dwelling built using their own resources, or those built through mortgage loans that have been paid, or those acquired through other means.
d. Ceded (circle 4):
It is a dwelling whose occupants are not the owners, nor pay rent or a mortgage. Generally, people residing in these dwellings are related to the owner or have received them from their employer.
Examples:
Some houses of workers of the company Bocas del Toro Fruit Company.
The room occupied by the janitor of a building as a payment for keeping it clean.
The apartment, property of a father, is occupied by a newly married daughter, for which she is not paying any rent.

e.Condemned (circle 5):
It refers to occupied dwellings considered as uninhabitable by the Office of Safety of the Fire Department, the Department of Municipal Engineering, the Department of Sanity of the Ministry of Health, the Ministry of Housing, or the System of National Civil Protection, that because of its poor state, their hygienic conditions and deterioration, constitute grave danger for the security and health of its tenants. The tenants do not pay rent and assume the expenses of water and electricity.
f. Other (circle 6):
Include here any type of tenure not considered in the previous options and specify in the corresponding line the type of tenure.

top
Papua New Guinea 1980 — source variable PG1980A_OWNERSHP — House ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Urban areas only

25. Do you rent or own this house? (Tick box)

[] Rent
[] Own

If rented who do you rent it from?
[] 1 Housing commission
[] 2 Semi-government (e.g. PNGBC, Elcom)
[] 3 Other government (Prov/local government, D.U.M.)
[] 4. Others (private, e.g. BP's)
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Section 6 - The census questions

Urban RNVs and rural villages

Question 25

Urban areas only: do you rent or own your house?
Question 25 applies to urban areas only
Tick the rent or own box, then tick the most appropriate box out of boxes 1 to 4.
For rent-free housing tick the rented box and still ask who the house is rented from.
If someone is paying a house off as opposed to renting it this is counted as ownership. It is possible that some people may confuse paying off with renting - in this case you will have to find out whether they really are paying the house off or whether it is rented.

Note: who the rent is paid to is not always the same person or organization that the house is rented from.
In this case you will have to make sure that you have the organization the house is rented from.

[pg.81]

Page Totals/Tallying
(i) Page Totals

[Figure omitted]

In the bottom right hand corner of the Census form you'll see a tally box for adding up the number of males and females that are on each form.
Simply add up the number of M's and F's from Question 5. Then add up the total number of entries in Question 5 and check that Males and Females = Total number of people.

(ii) The page number boxes

For each household you must fill in the page number boxes at the bottom of the form. These page number boxes let us know how many Forms have been used for each dwelling.

[Text omitted, example]

[pg.82]

(iii) Using more than one form for a household

If you interview a Household with more than 10 Residents, or more than 3 Visitors you will have to use a second page. You must remember these points when you use a second page.

Question 2 - Relationship

If a mother and son are not on the same census form give the page number of the mother when filling in question 2 for the son, e.g. S of 02/P.l. You must state the page number with all relationships if more than one census form is used.

Question 14B - Mothers Person Number

When writing the mother's person number in Ql4B you will have to give the page number if you used more than 1 form for the household.

(iv) The household questions

When you do have to use a second form for the one dwelling then the household questions (Questions 23, 24, 25, 26) do not have to be completed on the second form. Complete them on the first form only.

(v) Mistakes

If you make a mistake try to correct it neatly. Everyone makes some mistakes.
If the whole page for the family group is a mess, cross out the page very clearly and start a new page. Do NOT tear out the sheet which has been crossed. Leave it in the book.

[Figure omitted]

[pg.83]

(vi) Spare pages

You will often finish interviewing and have spare pages left over at the back of your book. Do not tear them out. Give the complete book to your supervisor.

[Figure omitted]


top
Papua New Guinea 1990 — source variable PG1990A_OWNERSHP — House ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Urban Census form

Household Facilities

23. House ownership

Circle one code only

Rent or own this house
[] 1 Rented
[] 2 Owned

If rented, rented from:
Circle one code only
[] 1 Housing commission
[] 2 Semi- government (E.G. PNGBC)
[] 3 Other government (Province or local)
[] 4 Others (Private, e.g. BP's)

top
Papua New Guinea 1990 — source variable PG1990A_RENTED — House renter
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Urban Census form

Household Facilities

23. House ownership

Circle one code only

Rent or own this house
[] 1 Rented
[] 2 Owned

If rented, rented from:
Circle one code only
[] 1 Housing commission
[] 2 Semi- government (E.G. PNGBC)
[] 3 Other government (Province or local)
[] 4 Others (Private, e.g. BP's)

top
Papua New Guinea 2000 — source variable PG2000A_OWNERSHP — House ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
For the household ask the following questions
[Questions 24-28 were asked of all households.]

26. Does [the respondent] own this house?

[] 1 Yes [Continue to Question 28.]
[] 2 No
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Housing question
Questions on housing are needed for planning and to develop housing policies for PNG.

Question 26. Housing ownership

Q26. Do you own this house
?
(If Yes record 1 and Go to Q28)

[] 1. Yes
[] 2. No
Who to ask: In urban areas, you must ask this question of all heads of household.
In some rural areas you may not need to ask this question of a villager who lives in a thatched roofed, traditional-style house, if you are sure he owns the house.

Get this information for: All households.

How to ask: Do you own this house?

How to record:

Write 1 (Yes) if owned.
Write 2 (No) if not owned.
If the answer is Code 1 (Yes) skip to Q28.
If the answer is Code 2 (No) go on to Q27

Note: Households in non-private dwellings (NPDs) should not be asked these questions.


top
Papua New Guinea 2000 — source variable PG2000A_RENTED — House rented from
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
For the household ask the following questions
[Questions 24-28 were asked of all households.]

27. If rented, who does the person rent the house from?

Enter one code only.

[] 1 National Housing Corporation
[] 2 Semi-government (e.g. PNGBC, ELCOM, TELIKOM)
[] 3 Other government (Provincial, LLG, District)
[] 4 Other/private (e.g. TST, STC, Real Estate, Wantoks)
[] 6 Not rented
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Housing question
Questions on housing are needed for planning and to develop housing policies for PNG.

Question 27: Rented House

Q27. If rented, who does the person rent the house from?

(If rented, record on code from the list below)

[] 1. National Housing Corporation
[] 2. Semi Government (PNGBC, ELCOM, Telikom)
[] 3. Other Govts, Provincial, District, LLGs, etc.
[] 4. Other private, e.g. TST, Real Estates, Wantoks
[] 5. Not rented
Who to ask: The head of all households which answered Code 2 (No) for Q26.

Get this information for: All household which answered Code 2 (No) for Q26.

How to ask: Who do you rent this house from?

How to record: Write the correct code in the box:

Code 1 is for houses rented from the National Housing Corporation.
Code 2 is for houses rented from semi-government business like PNGBC, ELCOM, and Telicom.
Code 3 is for Provincial, local, and district governments.
Code 4 is for houses rented from other businesses, Real Estate companies, the church, private landlords, wantoks and others.
Code 5 is when no rent is paid. For example, a family who is looking after a relative's house while the relative is away on holidays.

top
Paraguay 1972 — source variable PY1972A_OWNER — Dwelling ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
[Questions 3 to 10 were asked of private households]

III. Household information


6. Ownership

[] 1 Owned
[] 2 Rented
[] 3 Other form (specify) ____

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
III. Information about the household

The information for this part of the form refers to the "census household", which means, the set of persons who live in the dwelling.


6. Ownership:
* Owned: when the dwelling belongs to the head of household or any member of it, the owner is considered to the one who is the owner of the land and building, as well as the one who is the owner of the building only (horizontal property). Also whoever inhabits the house that he has built, even when he is still paying for the land.

* Rented: when a determined amount of money is paid in concept of rent.

* Other form: and specify in any other case, the condition of ownership. Therefore, it can be "de facto occupation" when it is without authorization of the owner of the property or of the "usufruct" or "ceding" when the occupation is with the permission of the owner, but without paying rent.

6. Ownership

[] 1 Owned
[] 2 Rented
[] 3 Other manner (specify) ____


top
Paraguay 1982 — source variable PY1982A_OWNER — Dwelling ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

10. Ownership
This dwelling is…?

[] 1 Owned
[] 2 Rented
Other form (specify) ____

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question 10. Tenancy.

Complete the question by reading each option, and make an X in the corresponding box.
If they are in a type of tenancy not indicated, write this type on the line for "other."

Keep the following definitions in mind:

[Depiction of question 10, to the right of the preceding text.]

[P. 30]

Owner: A dwelling who's property right has been acquired by a member of a the household in cash (on credit, national system of savings for a dwelling), inheritance, or by some other way.

Rented: A dwelling which is occupied in exchange for a specific payment made on a periodic basis, usually monthly.

Other: Includes any form of tenancy not included in the previous categories. One example can be a "de facto occupancy," when the dwelling is occupied without the authorization of the owner, "usufruct" or "cede," when the occupancy is with the consent of the owner, without the payment of rent (caretaker, etc.).

top
Paraguay 1992 — source variable PY1992A_OWNER — Dwelling ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Section II. Dwelling information

For responses 2 through 6, end the interview here.
[Questions 3 to 13 are asked of occupied households with present members]


11. In what ownership status is the dwelling occupied?

[] 1 Owner
[] 2 Paying in installments
[] 3 Property-owner in a condominium
[] 4 Renter
[] 5 De facto occupant (without permission)
[] 6 Neither owns the property nor pays rent

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
[Question 11 is asked of occupied households with present members]

Question 11: Under what condition is the dwelling occupied?


If the occupants of the dwelling are:
- Owners: in this case, the dwelling is occupied by the owner
- Is being paid for in quotas: when they are paying (monthly) quotas for the dwelling
- Leaser or renter: The occupants are paying a rent for the dwelling
- De facto occupant: Persons who occupy the dwelling without the permission of the owner.

11. Under what condition is the dwelling occupied?

[x] 1 Owners
[] 2 Is being paid for in quotas
[] 3 Owner in condominium
[] 4 Leaser or renter
[] 5 De facto occupant (without permission)
[] 6 Neither owner nor pays rent

top
Paraguay 2002 — source variable PY2002A_OWN — Ownership of dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Chapter B. Dwelling information

11. This dwelling...

[] 1 Is owned?
[] 2 Is being paid for in installments?
[] 3 Is a property in a condominium?
[] 4 Is rented?
[] 5 Is lent, being cared for?
[] 6 Is de facto occupied?

For responses 4, 5 or 6, skip to question 13
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Question 11: Is this property... ? (Ownership of the dwelling).

If any member of the household is the owner of the dwelling, you should mark the option "owned".


top
Peru 1993 — source variable PE1993A_OWNER — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

3. The dwelling you occupy is:
Circle the appropriate number:

[] 1 Rented
[] 2 Owned, bought in installments
[] 3 Owned, completely paid for
[] 4 Used with the authorization of the owner, without payment
[] 5 De facto occupied (squatted)
[] 6 Other form (specify) ____

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question No. 3: The dwelling that you live in is:
Read the question and each of the alternatives. Wait for a response. Circle the number that corresponds to the response.
[There is a picture of question 3 in this section of the Enumeration Form.]
Take into account the following definitions:
Rented: When the dwelling is occupied by a tenant, in exchange for the payment of a periodic fixed quantity, generally monthly.
Owned, being paid in installments: When the right of ownership is being acquired by one of the members of the household, through buying on credit, over a medium or long term, or mortgage debt.
Owned, completely paid for: Is a dwelling whose property rights have been acquired by one of the members of the household through purchase, inheritance, or other means. If it has been purchased, it should be completely paid on the day of the Census.
Used with the authorization of the owner, without payment: When the dwelling is being occupied with the consent of the owner and without any payment being made (free).
De facto occupied: When the dwelling has been constructed on land not one's own and the person doesn't have a recognized ownership right over the dwelling or the land.
[There are drawings representing the above five ownership conditions.]
Other form: This includes any other way of occupying a dwelling not included in the previous categories. It includes antichresis (a person, borrowing money of another, hands over his property to the creditor, allowing the use and occupation thereof for the interest on the money lent).


top
Peru 2007 — source variable PE2007A_OWNERSHP — Dwelling ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

9. Is the dwelling you occupy (Read each option and circle only one number):
[] 1 Rented
[] 2 Owned, taken over [propia por invasión]
[] 3 Owned, paying off in installments
[] 4 Owned, completely paid for
[] 5 Given by job or another household/institution
[] 6 Other

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Fill out the second section, "Dwelling Characteristics and Services," for the main dwelling only.


Question 9: Is the dwelling you occupy:
For option 6, "Other", write down any other means of occupying the dwelling. If the head of household answers that the dwelling was built on a piece of land that he/she took over [invadió], but for which he/she currently holds a title issued by the Cofopri [Organism for Informal Property Formalization], circle option number 4, "Completely paid for."
Rented. This is a dwelling that is occupied in exchange for payment of a fixed amount on a periodic basis, usually monthly, to the owner of the dwelling.
Owned, taken over [propia, por invasión]. This is when a dwelling has been built and [the builder] has no recognized right to the dwelling or the land.
Owned, paying off in installments. This is when the property rights have been acquired through purchase by means of medium- or long-term credit or a mortgage.
Owned, completely paid for. This is when the property rights have been acquired through purchase. It includes properties acquired by inheritance or in other ways.
Provided by job or another household/institution.

  • Provided by job. This is when it is occupied in exchange for services rendered.
  • Provided by other household or institution. This is when it is occupied with the consent of a relative in another household, or of an institution, without payment (free) and with no exchange of services.

Other. This includes any other form of occupation of the dwelling. An example is antichresis (which is giving a dwelling as guaranty for a loan), etc.

top
Philippines 1990 — source variable PH1990A_TENUREH — Ownership of housing unit
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

H4. Tenure Status of the Housing Unit

What is the tenure status of this housing unit?

___ Enter code

1 Owned/being amortized
2 Rented (enter code, go to H8)
4 Being occupied for free with consent of owner (enter code, go to H9)
5 Being occupied for free without consent of owner (enter code, go to H9)

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

H4 Tenure Status of the Housing Unit

[The publication states: "Refer to Section 7.4 (p. 93) for the instructions in filling up this item." This section is pasted from Common Household Questionnaire instructions, section 7.4]

The extent to which households own or rent the living quarter which they occupy is of special significance to housing programmes. This is useful for housing priorities and policies, also in promotion of house ownership and identification of groups in need of housing assistance.

Ask the respondent the question, "Is this housing unit (read the categories to him) by this household?".

Enter the code corresponding to the tenure status of the housing unit by the household.

[Two pictures: Illustration 7.3 Estimating floor area, with explanations]

The tenure status of the housing unit and their corresponding codes are as follows:

1 Owned/being amortized - The household is the owner and has legal possession of the housing unit or the household claims to own it. Include also the housing units which are being amortized or on mortgage.

2 Rented - The occupant actually pays rent either in cash or in kind.

3 Being occupied for free with consent of owner - The household occupies the housing unit with the permission of the owner and without paying any rent in cash or in kind to the owner, tenant/lessee or subtenant/sublessee. Included here are the households of farm tenants/lessees who occupy rent-free houses belonging to the owner of the lands they farm; also those employees given free housing as part of fringe benefits (they are made to vacate the housing unit upon separation from work).

4 Being occupied for free without consent of owner - The household occupies the housing unit without the consent or knowledge of the owner. Examples are squatters who are occupying public and private buildings.


Like in CPH Form 2, this item has a "skip instruction" in CPH Form 3.

Specifically:

1. If the answer in H4 is code 2, go to H8.

2. If the answer in H4 is code 3 or 4, go to H9.

3. If the answer in H4 is code 1, proceed to the next question.


top
Philippines 2000 — source variable PH2000A_OWNERSHP — Tenure of the housing unit
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

H5. Tenure of the housing unit
Do you own or amortize this housing unit occupied by your household or do you rent it, do you occupy it rent-free with consent of owner or rent-free without consent of owner?
(Please cross out one of the selections below)

[] Owned/being amortized
[] Rented (Skip to H9)
[] Rent-free with consent of owner (Skip to H10)
[] Rent-free without consent of owner (Skip to H10)

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
H5 Tenure status of the housing unit

The extent to which households own or rent the living quarters which they occupy is of special significance to housing programmes. Data on tenure status is also useful for housing priorities and policies, in promotion of house ownership and identification of groups in need of housing assistance.

Housing unit. A structurally separate and independent place of abode which, by the way it has been constructed, converted, or arranged is intended for habitation by one household.
Ask the respondent the question, "Do you own or amortize this housing unit occupied by your household or do you rent, rent-free with consent of owner, or rent-free without consent of owner?"

Cross out the circle corresponding to the tenure status of the housing unit by the household.

The tenure status of the housing unit and their corresponding codes are as follows:

[] 1 Owned/being amortized - if the household is the owner and has legal possession of the housing unit or the household claims to own it. Included also are those housing units which are being amortized or paid on installment basis.

[] 2 Rented - if the occupant actually pays rent either in cash or in kind.

[] 3 Rent-free with consent of owner - if the household occupies the housing unit with the permission of the owner and without paying any rent in cash or in kind to the owner. Included here are the households of farm tenants/lessees who occupy rent-free houses belonging to the owner of the lands they farm; also those employees given free housing as part of fringe benefits (they are made to vacate the housing unit upon separation from work.)

[] 4 Rent-free without consent of owner - if the household occupies the housing unit without the consent or knowledge of the owner. Examples are squatters who are occupying public and private buildings.

Specifically:

1. if the crossed out answer in H5 is Rented, skip to H9.
2. if the crossed out answer in H5 is Rent-free w/ consent of owner or Rent-free w/o consent of owner, skip to H10


top
Philippines 2010 — source variable PH2010A_OWNERSHP — Tenure of the housing unit
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
H4. Tenure status of the housing unit- Do you own or amortize this housing unit occupied by your household or do you rent it, or do you occupy it rent-free with consent of owner, or rent-free without consent of the owner?

Write X in the box.

[] 1 Owned/ Being amortized/ owner-like possession
[] 2 Rented [Skip to H7]
[] 3 Rent-free with consent of owner [Skip to H8]
[] 4 Rent-free without consent of owner [Skip to H8]
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
H8 - Tenure Status of the Lot
Data on tenure status of the lot is important for housing priorities and policies, in the promotion of lot ownership, and identification of groups in need of housing assistance.
Tenure status of lot is to be asked to any of the household member in the housing unit/building.
Ask the respondent, "Do you own or amortize this lot occupied by your household or do you rent it, do you occupy it rent-free with consent of owner, or rent-free without consent of owner?"
The categories for tenure status of the lot are as follows:


[]1. Owned/being amortized.
This includes house owners paying the land on installment basis or holders of certificate of land title under the Land Reform Program, or holders of Ancestral Domain Title, and house/lot awardees of housing loan from Pag-ibig, Social Security System (SSS), Government Service Insurance System (GSIS), commercial banks or other financial firms. It also includes owner-like possession of the lot such as those held under heirship and other similar arrangements.
A lot is held under heirship if it is inherited even if the title of ownership has not been transferred to the heir(s) yet. Included here are inherited lots without title of ownership.
[] 2. Rented. There is a fixed amount paid by the occupant in cash or in kind.
[] 3. Rent-free with consent of owner. The household occupies the lot with permission of the owner and without paying any rent in cash or in kind to the owner, tenant/lessee or subtenant/sub-lessee.
[] 4. Rent-free without consent of owner. The household occupies the lot without the permission of the owner.
[] 5. Not applicable. Mark the box opposite "5" for Not applicable if the household is living in a boat, culvert, cart, and others. Specify whether the household is living in a boat, culvert, cart, or others.

For a multi-storey building like condominium and other similar buildings, the tenure status of the lot of the household occupying the units will follow the tenure status of the housing unit.


top
Poland 1978 — source variable PL1978A_TENURE2 — Legal basis for occupancy of the dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
1. Right of household to occupying dwelling (or part of dwelling)

Successive number of person being head of household ____

Household occupies dwelling by the right of:

(Encircle the relevant symbol number)

[] 1 Single or shared ownership
[] Membership in housing cooperative
[] 2 Owner's right
[] 3 Tenant's right
[] 4 Allocation of dwelling (administrative allocation, or tenure contract with socialized economy unit)
[] 5 Tenure contract (with individual owner, or with member of housing cooperative)
[] 6 Sub-tenure of part or whole of allocated dwelling
[] Relationship with dwelling owner or main tenant
[] 7 Parents or children
[] 8 Other related person
[] Other right (specify) ________
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
69 Right of household to occupy the dwelling (or part of dwelling) [p. 94]
1. In the first line of the table the individuals, who, basing on the answer in question 7 have been specified to be "heads of households".
2. Answer to the question is provided by encircling the proper answer visible in the table of the A form.
3. Symbol 1 shall be indicated for all the individuals who have the right of ownership to the dwelling, that is:

- They are owner or co-owners of the whole building, in which the dwellings are registered, even if they are the representatives of the housing administrative,
- They are the owners of a floor (segment) of the building which is in its entirety owned by a productive collective or other entity.

Dwellings owned by the individuals in the buildings which are managed by collectives are the result of allowing the citizens to purchase dwellings from the state.
4. Symbol 2 shall be indicated for the individuals occupying the dwelling while being members of housing cooperative and have the owner's right to it as it has been acquired by purchasing the said dwelling, inheriting it, or acquired in any other case in the same becoming the owner's dwelling.
5. Symbol 3 shall be indicated for the members of housing cooperatives to which the inhabitants have the tenant's right as the dwelling had been granted to the head of household by the cooperative.
6. Symbol 4 shall be indicated for all the individuals, for whom the dwelling has been allocated by a local authority or administrative body. The allocation might have took place on the basis of:

- Administrative allocation, regardless if the dwelling is located in the building owned by a private entity or by the state and if it has additional allocation rights ascribed to it,
- Tenure agreement concluded with a socialized economy unit which owns the building or the dwelling. Such agreements are concluded in the habitable units where no administrative decisions concerning allocation and occupation apply.
- Allocation by the company employing the individual, if the allocation took place before 1st VIII 1974.

7. Symbol 5 shall be indicated for all the individuals who have concluded a tenure contract with:

- Individual owner of the building or the dwelling,
- Housing cooperative managing the dwelling.

Tenure agreement shall not only be understood as a document made in a written but also concluded in an oral form in the case of which the payment method for the dwelling has been agreed upon. Those may include typical payments, as well as other, non-material help or services provided by the individual occupying the dwelling.
8. Symbol 6 shall be indicated for sub-tenure of part or whole of allocated dwelling, meaning that the household tenured a part or entirety of the dwelling from the main lodger who is the dwelling leaser himself. Such a case will be rather observable in the dwellings, for which the 4 symbol has been indicated, so in those allocated by administrative decision or socialized economy unit. The following does not concern tenured dwellings. Nevertheless, it may happen that a household leases a part of the dwelling from the owner of the said dwelling (so such a household is a leaser and shall have the 5 symbol encircled), but the said household additionally sub-tenured a part of the dwelling in question. In the said event 5 symbol may be encircled together with 6. However, in the majority of situations, 4 and 6 symbol combinations are more frequent.
Tenure agreement shall not only be understood as a document made in a written but also concluded in an oral form in the case of which the payment method for the dwelling has been agreed upon.
9. Symbol 7 or 8 shall be indicated for all the individuals being related with dwelling owner or main tenant or if any other type of kinship or close connection between the individuals in question arises, as it must be indicated during the census as well.
The household living with its family may fully or partially pay the rent for the occupied dwelling or part of the dwelling, as well as all the other costs connected with the maintenance of the habitable space in question.
Answer 7 or 8 shall be encircled after the specification of the type of relation between the individuals being the representatives of the household and the dwelling owner or main tenant.
10. Symbol 9 shall be indicated if the household occupies the dwelling for a reason that has not been specified above. The said symbol shall be, for example used, in the following cases:

- For household occupying a dwelling for life,
- For former agricultural holding owners, who exchanged their farm for the rent granted to them by the state,
- For priests and other clergymen occupying vicarage or other building run by the church.

All the cases of indicating the 9 symbol shall be additionally justified by providing a proper explanation, for example "living for life", "holding exchanged for dwelling" or "occupying vicarage".


top
Poland 1988 — source variable PL1988A_OWNERSHP — Legal basis for occupancy of the dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Characteristics of households

Questions 2 and 3 apply only to households living in dwelling. In case of household living in provisional housing or mobile housing the questions should be crossed.

2. Legal basis for occupancy of the dwelling ____

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Part V rules on filling in 4th page of the a form

Characteristic of households

48. Legal basis for occupancy of the dwelling (question 2) [p. 43]
While specifying the answer, all individuals of the household should be taken into consideration. Question concerns law ownership status, which is owned by one or more members of the household (for example in the case of collective housing this ownership is obtained by only one person --member of the collective, and in the case of single family hoses -- both married partners or house's co-owners). Individual having the right of ownership do not need to be the head of the household.

Few terms specifying dwelling's ownership, which may be problematic are provided below:

'2. Ownership in a state building' -- should be registered for a household, which purchased from the state authorities, by notarial act, a dwelling located in a building owned by these state authorities or state owned company (state ownership).
'3. Ownership of collective dwelling' -- should be indicated for individual having collective ownership right for a dwelling, regardless, whether it was obtained by initial grant or by purchasing it, as well as by inheritance or change of state of dwelling from rented to owned one. This title should be indicated in the case, when a full constructional works were made by the collective, as well as when these works were paid partially and rest of payment is paid in installments.
'5. Allocation of dwelling' -- (with specification -- occupational, office or functional) should be indicated for households which have a part or whole dwelling allocated by local administration authorities or socialized company. This allocation can be made on the basis of:
- Administrational decision, generally called 'allocation's statement', regardless of whether allocated building is located in a state building or is a private building 'covered by allotment'.
- Allocation from company, granting functional building (company building, vocational).
- Lease agreement with socialized agricultural unit, which owns this building (together with socialized company, local authorities, province's authorities).
'6. Workers' hotel allocation' -- should be indicated for a household, who was allocated in a workers' hotel, but it occupy a typical dwelling (the whole or a part), which is located in an occupational dwelling, which was transferred by company info workers' hotel.
'7. Lease or sublease' -- should be indicated for a household, who lease form a house's (dwelling's), or sublease a part of the whole dwelling from the main owner, frequently for a set payment or in exchange for providing services (for example for taking care about ill person, for tutoring). Individuals in such household are called 'subtenants'. This category includes also dwellings leased in the form of allocation -- without necessity to provide any services.
'0. Other' -- should be indicated, when a household occupies a dwelling:
- For life
- By transferring it into superiors or to state for agricultural allotment's pension with a dwelling, which can be occupied for free for life
- Located in a building owned by religious organization, regardless whether a household is created by a religious organization's member or a secular person
- Without law title to occupy a dwelling (so called 'wild inhabitant'), and in the case of occupying a dwelling from other reason than specified in categories above.
- Any case of indicating '0. Other' should be properly explained, by writing for example: 'for life', 'parsonage', 'without law title' etc.

top
Poland 2002 — source variable PL2002A_TENURE — Tenure status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
2. What is the tenure status of household?

[] 1 Ownership of dwelling or building (which does not belong to a housing co-operative)
[] 2 Membership of a housing co-operative (own and rented dwellings)
[] 3 Main tenant
[] 4 Sun-tenant
[] 5 Relationship (with the owner or the main tenant) or for perpetuity
[] 6 Other (i.e. work for the owner of the dwelling, help in the household, live in the building of religious institution etc.) - Specify ____
Fill in the number of household ____
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Question 2. What is the tenure status of household? [p. 50-51]

Question 2 concerns households inhabiting dwellings.

1. The number of answers given and written down in each dwelling should amount to the number of households displayed in table on page 02 and in section 0/IV in question 1. Not only the head of household, but all persons being a part of household should be taken into consideration while getting the answers. Page 21

2. Answers 1 and 2 are strictly connected to the answers in question 2 Who is the ownership of this dwelling? in section V. Characteristics of dwelling.

Answer 1. Ownership of dwelling or building -- concerns households whose members inhabit in their own building or their own dwelling and this fact is confirmed in section V, in question 2 by answer 1. Is owned by a private person.

Answer 2. Membership of a housing co-operative-- concerns households, which comprise a member of a housing co-operative, holding a co-operative right to an own or rented dwelling.

Answer 3. Main tenant- concerns households, which inhabit on the basis of a rental agreement between the owner or the administrator of the building where the dwelling is situated (also concerns rental of a substitute or social premises).
Category 3 also embraces a rental of the whole estate from the owner of the estate (a private or a legal person).

Answer 4. Sub-tenant- usually concerns the second or third household inhabiting the building as sub-tenant, i.e. a person subletting one or two rooms in a dwelling for a fee where the household of the main tenant, the member of housing co-operative, or the owner of the dwelling has been enumerated first.

Answer 5. Relationship or for perpetuity -- concerns the second or further household residing in their parents’ dwelling, or children or other relatives, which have been enumerated as the first household in the dwelling. The household inhabiting the dwelling on the grounds of consanguinity may also reside on their own and be enumerated as the only household in the dwelling.

Answer 6. Other - concerns households residing:
In buildings of religious institutions;

As help in the household of the owner of the dwelling or the main tenant;

In return for work in an agricultural farm/plot or other economic activity of the owner of the dwelling or building.

Without any fee and without work e.g. in a form of voluntary work for a person (family) in a difficult housing situation, in return for the supervision of the dwelling;

Without any legal title, i.e. the so-called squatters.
In each case of residing in a household on the grounds of (a situation classified as) category 6, define this situation in the free space.

top
Poland 2002 — source variable PL2002A_OWNERSHP — Type of ownership of the dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
2. What is the type of ownership of this dwelling?
[] 1 Is owned by a private person
[] 2 Is owed by co-operative dwelling
[] 3 Is tenant by co-operative
[] 4 Is owned by community (gmina)
[] 5 Is owned by state property
[] 6 Is owned by establishment company
[] 7 Is owned by social building company
[] 8 Other type of ownership (specify) ____
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Question 2. What is the type of ownership of this dwelling? [p. 52-53]

Answer 1. Is owned by a private person- select this answer in case when the right to the property of the dwelling is held by a private person (one or more, e.g. spouses). It has to be noted that this person:
May be the owner of the whole real estate, where the dwelling is situated; a single-family home is an example of such a property. Or:

May have a share in common estate in a form of a law related with a separate property of the living space, e.g. situated in a building under the so-called condominium.
The property right to the whole estate or only the living space with proprietary part of the estate (the so-called share in the common estate), should be revealed in the real estate register or, in case of its absence, in another document corroborating the ownership.
Select answer 1 also in case when the owner of the dwelling does not reside in it at the time of the census, because they have rented it, made it accessible gratuitously or in return for work to another person or household, or the dwelling is not occupied.

Answers 2 and 3: Is owned/tenant by cooperative dwelling -- concerns proprietary co-operative dwellings (symbol 2) and lodgings (symbol 3) situated in buildings owned or co-owned by the co-operative dwelling with exception to dwellings under the law of separate ownership of real estate in favor of one or several private persons, established by the virtue of the Act on Housing Co-operatives of 15th December 2000.

Page 23

A tied accommodation (dwelling) owned by a housing co-operative occupied on the basis of the tenancy, e.g. by a janitor, maintenance worker, should be categorized as 3. Tenant by co-operative dwelling.
Answer 4. Is owned by community (gmina) -- concerns dwellings:
Which are owned by community (gmina) or powiat (local governmental community)

Handed over to the community (gmina), but remaining at the disposal of public utility units, such as: healthcare units, welfare/social assistance units, educational units, cultural institutions.
Answer 5 is owned by state property- regards dwellings:
Taken over (from the liquidated State Agricultural Farms [PGR]) and still owned by the State Agricultural Property Agency.

Taken over and still owned by Military Housing Agency [Wojskowa Agencja Mieszkaniowa].

Managed by units under the following ministries: Ministry Of National Defense, Ministry of the Interior and Administration, Ministry of Justice and the president of Office for State Protection [Urząd Ochrony Państwa]

Managed by the following organs: state authority, state administration, and state control.

Handed over to diplomatic posts and consulates for use, lease or tenancy, by a unit representing the Treasury.
Answer 6. Is owned by establishment company- concerns dwellings which are owned:
By state enterprises as well as state organizational units e.g. scientific and research institutes, universities and art institutions,

Municipal enterprises e.g. public transport, waterworks and sewerage, thermal energetic, with the exception of the housing management enterprises;

Private enterprises -- functioning as a partnership/company or co-operatives, with the exception of co-operative dwellings;
Answer 7. Is owned by social building company -- concerns dwellings situated in a building owned by legal entity, which has the following words in its name towarzystwo budownictwa społecznego [Housing Association] or the abbreviation TBS.
Answer 8. Other entity-concerns dwellings owned by:
Private organizations building or buying dwellings for profit: for sale or rent,

Trade unions, associations, foundations, political parties, trade and economic self-governments,

Catholic church and other churches and confessional associations, including catholic universities and church institutes.

Kitchen space and the number of rooms in the dwelling (questions 3 and 4) [p. 53-55]

A room [izba] is a space with direct daylight and not smaller than 4 square meters, separated from other spaces in the dwelling with solid walls reaching from the floor to the ceiling.
Page 24
Spaces meeting the above-mentioned criteria may be called rooms. Other spaces in a dwelling, such as: ante-room, hall, bathroom, kitchen without a window, toilet, pantry, closet, dressing-room, alcove, veranda and porch are supplementary spaces and they are not treated as rooms.

top
Portugal 1981 — source variable PT1981A_OWNER — Housing unit ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

[Questions 1-13 were asked in cases of a housing unit or a collective living quarter, except hotels or similar and institutions of "other type" -- that is occupied as a usual residence or for seasonal use, per questions A, B]


If your dwelling is a tent, rudimentary timber house, mobile home, temporary or improvised home, end this questionnaire. [skip questions 7-13]

[Questions 7-13 were asked in cases of a housing unit or a collective living quarter (except hotels or similar and institutions of "other type"), that is occupied as a usual residence or for seasonal use, and is not a tent, rudimentary timber house, mobile home, temporary or improvised home, per questions A, B.]


[Questions 11-13 were asked of tenants of this housing unit or collective living quarter (except hotels or similar and institutions of "other type"), who occupy it as a usual residence or seasonally (and the dwelling is not a tent, rudimentary timber house, mobile home, temporary or improvised home, per questions A, B.]


11. If you are a tenant, please indicate the form of lease:

[] Rented and leased:

[] 2 Not furnished by the owner
[] 4 Furnished by the owner

[] 6 Sub-leased housing unit
[] 8 Other situation (building superintendent, security guard, granted, etc.)

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

[Questions 7-13 were asked in cases of a housing unit or a collective living quarter (except hotels or similar and institutions of "other type"), that is occupied as a usual residence or for seasonal use, and is not a tent, rudimentary timber house, mobile home, temporary or improvised home, per questions A, B]


Attention: Question 9 should only be answered by individuals who are living in the dwelling and are also the owners or co-owners of the dwelling.


Question 9 - Do you have a mortgage or loan resulting from the purchase of this dwelling:

"Yes" or "no" answer.

The most important aspect to answer this question correctly is to correctly identify what the mortgage or loan means.

We understand that one of the occupants is proprietary of the dwelling and has financial obligations with the mortgage or loan of this dwelling when the financial obligations arise from the acquisition of the dwelling only and not related to modifications or repairs of any kind done.

Note: in the case of a proprietary that answers "No" to this question, the filling-in of this questionnaire ends here.


Note: The following questions are destined only for tenants of conventional dwellings, so if you answer the question 10 the filling in of the questionnaire is over.
[Questions 11-13 were asked of tenants of this housing unit or collective living quarter (except hotels or similar and institutions of "other type"), who occupy it as a usual residence or seasonally (and the dwelling is not a tent, rudimentary timber house, mobile home, temporary or improvised home, per questions A, B.]


Question 11 - If you are a tenant, please indicate the form of lease

This question is only for dwellings where none of the occupants is proprietary or co-proprietary of the respective dwelling.

In other cases where the use of the dwelling is a free of charge (i.e. door men, guards, etc.), we must select the option "Other situation (granted, etc)".


top
Portugal 1981 — source variable PT1981A_OCCUP — Occupancy
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

[Questions 1-13 were asked in cases of a housing unit or a collective living quarter, except hotels or similar and institutions of "other type" -- that is occupied as a usual residence or for seasonal use, per questions A, B]


If your dwelling is a tent, rudimentary timber house, mobile home, temporary or improvised home, end this questionnaire. [skip questions 7-13]

[Questions 7-13 were asked in cases of a housing unit or a collective living quarter (except hotels or similar and institutions of "other type"), that is occupied as a usual residence or for seasonal use, and is not a tent, rudimentary timber house, mobile home, temporary or improvised home, per questions A, B.]


[Questions 11-13 were asked of tenants of this housing unit or collective living quarter (except hotels or similar and institutions of "other type"), who occupy it as a usual residence or seasonally (and the dwelling is not a tent, rudimentary timber house, mobile home, temporary or improvised home, per questions A, B.]


13. Housing unit ownership:

The dwelling is owned by:

[] 1 Private owner or private company
[] 2 Public companies
[] 3 State, public corporations
[] 4 Social security or other non-profit institutions
[] 5 Housing associations, housing cooperatives

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

[Questions 7-13 were asked in cases of a housing unit or a collective living quarter (except hotels or similar and institutions of "other type"), that is occupied as a usual residence or for seasonal use, and is not a tent, rudimentary timber house, mobile home, temporary or improvised home, per questions A, B]


Attention: Question 9 should only be answered by individuals who are living in the dwelling and are also the owners or co-owners of the dwelling.


Question 9 - Do you have a mortgage or loan resulting from the purchase of this dwelling:

"Yes" or "no" answer.

The most important aspect to answer this question correctly is to correctly identify what the mortgage or loan means.

We understand that one of the occupants is proprietary of the dwelling and has financial obligations with the mortgage or loan of this dwelling when the financial obligations arise from the acquisition of the dwelling only and not related to modifications or repairs of any kind done.

Note: in the case of a proprietary that answers "No" to this question, the filling-in of this questionnaire ends here.


Note: The following questions are destined only for tenants of conventional dwellings, so if you answer the question 10 the filling in of the questionnaire is over.
[Questions 11-13 were asked of tenants of this housing unit or collective living quarter (except hotels or similar and institutions of "other type"), who occupy it as a usual residence or seasonally (and the dwelling is not a tent, rudimentary timber house, mobile home, temporary or improvised home, per questions A, B.]


Question 13 - Housing unit (dwelling) ownership

We must note that those cases of ownership or co-ownership of the occupants are not covered by this question.

In cases where doubts arise please check the rent contract (if there is one) or a receipt.


top
Portugal 1991 — source variable PT1991A_TENURE — Form of lease
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

[Questions 7-18 were asked of private dwellings only]


[Questions 8-18 were asked of usual-residence dwellings only]


If your dwelling is a tent, rudimentary timber house, mobile home, temporary or improvised home, end this questionnaire.
[Questions 13-18 were asked of convention dwellings only]


Questions only for tenants of conventional dwellings.
[Applies to questions 16-18]


16. Form of lease

[] 1 Rented dwelling, furnished by the owner
[] 3 Rented dwelling, not furnished by the owner
[] 5 Sub-leased
[] 7 Other situation (granted, superintendent, etc.)

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Attention: The next questions should only be answered by conventional family dwellings occupied as usual residence. If they are not of a conventional type the filling-in of the questionnaire is over.
[Questions 13-18 apply only to conventional dwellings]


Note: The following questions [16-18] are destined only for tenants of conventional dwellings. So, if you answered question 15.1 the filling-in of the questionnaire is over.


Question 16: If you are a tenant, please indicate the form of lease

This question is only for dwellings where none of the occupants is proprietary or co-proprietary of the respective dwelling.

In these cases, we must identify if, when rented, the dwelling was:

a) Furnished by the owner
b) Not furnished by the owner

If the dwelling is rented to one individual that rented it to another individual, we consider that housing unit as a sub-rented housing unit.

In other cases where the dwelling is occupied free of charge (i.e. door men, guards, etc.), we must select the option other situation (granted, etc).

top
Portugal 1991 — source variable PT1991A_OWNER — Housing unit ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

[Questions 7-18 were asked of private dwellings only]


[Questions 8-18 were asked of usual-residence dwellings only]


If your dwelling is a tent, rudimentary timber house, mobile home, temporary or improvised home, end this questionnaire.
[Questions 13-18 were asked of convention dwellings only]


Questions only for tenants of conventional dwellings.
[Applies to questions 16-18]


18. Housing unit owner:

[] 1 Private owner or private company
[] 3 State, public corporations
[] 5 Public companies
[] 6 Local authorities
[] 7 Social security or other non-profit institutions
[] 8 Housing associations, housing cooperatives

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Attention: The next questions should only be answered by conventional family dwellings occupied as usual residence. If they are not of a conventional type the filling-in of the questionnaire is over.
[Questions 13-18 apply only to conventional dwellings]


Note: The following questions [16-18] are destined only for tenants of conventional dwellings. So, if you answered question 15.1 the filling-in of the questionnaire is over.


Questions 18: Dwelling ownership

We must note that those cases of propriety or co-propriety of the occupants are not covered by this question.


top
Portugal 2001 — source variable PT2001A_TENURE — Tenure
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

[Questions 4-18 were asked of persons living in housing units as the place of their usual residence, according to question 3]


[Questions 11-18 were asked of persons living in a conventional dwelling as the place of their usual residence, according to questions 2, 3]


15. If you are a tenant, please indicate the form lease:

[Question 15 was asked of persons living in a conventional dwelling as the place of their usual residence, but not owning it, according to questions 2, 3.]

Rented dwelling with a:

[] 1 Contract for 3 or 5 years
[] 2 Contract without term
[] 3 Social rent contract

[] 4 Sub-rented dwelling - go to 17
[] 5 Other situation (granted, etc) - go to 18


Question 15 - If you are a tenant, please indicate the form of lease:

This question is only for occupants who are not owners or co-owners of the respective dwellings.

3- or 5-year fixed-term contract - a contract in which at the end of the term (3 or 5 years), the amount of the rent may be renegotiated by the parties. If the parties fail to come to an agreement, the contract lapses and the tenant is required to leave the dwelling.

Renewable contract of indefinite duration - a contract which is automatically renewed and only terminates if the tenant wishes to leave the dwelling.

Council or subsidized rent contract - a contract in which the tenant is a public body and in which the amount of the rent was reduced in view of the need for social aid by the household.

If the dwelling is let to an individual who, in turn, lets it to a third person through payment of a rent, the dwelling is said to be sublet.

Cases involving the voluntary conveyance of the dwelling, (for example: a father owns a dwelling and transfers it free of charge to his son), as well as cases in which the occupancy of the dwelling is usually associated with a contract in which consideration is either directly or indirectly assigned to it, subject to the performance of a task (for example: doormen, watchmen, etc.), should be included under other situations.

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Note: Questions 15, 16, 17 and 18 that follow, are destined only to the tenants of conventional dwellings, so if you answer the question 14 the filling-in of the questionnaire is over.


Question 15 - If you are a tenant, please indicate the form of lease

This question is only for dwellings where none of the occupants is proprietary or co-proprietary of the respective dwelling.
We must distinguish the form of contract:
Rented dwelling with a:

Contract for 3 or 5 years
Contract without term
Social rent contract
Sub-rented dwelling
Other situation (granted, etc)

If the dwelling is sub-rented the question 16 shall not be answered, continuing to answer in the question 17.
If the dwelling is under any other situation the questions 16 and 17 can not be answered, you shall continue to answer in the question 18.


top
Portugal 2001 — source variable PT2001A_OWNER — Dwelling ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

[Questions 4-18 were asked of persons living in housing units as the place of their usual residence, according to question 3]


[Questions 11-18 were asked of persons living in a conventional dwelling as the place of their usual residence, according to questions 2, 3]


18. Dwelling ownership:

[Question 18 was asked of persons living in a conventional dwelling as the place of their usual residence, but not owning it, according to questions 2, 3.]

[] 1 Ascendants or descendants
[] 2 Private owner or private company
[] 3 State, public corporations, social security or other non-profit institutions
[] 4 Public company
[] 5 Local authority
[] 6 Housing association


Question 18 - Dwelling ownership:

If the occupant is the owner or co- owner of the dwelling, do not answer this question.

First or second-generation ascendants or descendants - parents, children, grandparents or grandchildren.

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Note: Questions 15, 16, 17 and 18 that follow, are destined only to the tenants of conventional dwellings, so if you answer the question 14 the filling-in of the questionnaire is over.


Questions 18 - Dwelling ownership

Ascendants or descendants on a first or second degree - parents, sons, grandparents or grandsons.


top
Portugal 2011 — source variable PT2011A_OWNRSP — Owner of the dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Dwelling questionnaire

17. Who is the owner of the dwelling?

[] 1 Private individuals or private companies
[] 2 Ascendants or descendants (parents, grandparents, sons,…)
[] 3 State, autonomous public institutes or other non-profit institutes
[] 4 Local authorities (municipal councils and parish councils)
[] 5 State-owned companies
[] 6 Housing cooperatives
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Question 17- Who is the owner of the dwelling?
[There is an image of box for question 17]
This question is only filled out for rented or leased dwellings or dwelling in another situation.

top
Puerto Rico 1970 — source variable PR1970A_OWNERSHP — Ownership of dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

H8. Is your housing unit -
[] Owned or being bought by you or by someone else in this household? Do not include cooperatives and condominiums here.
[] A cooperative or condominium which is owned or being bought by you or by someone else in your household?
[] Rented for cash rent?
[] Occupied without payment of cash rent?


top
Puerto Rico 1970 — source variable PR1970A_MORTGAGE — Mortgage status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

[Ask questions H12 to H14 if housing unit it owned or being bought.]


H14. It there a mortgage on this property?

[] Yes
[] No


top
Puerto Rico 1980 — source variable PR1980A_OWNERSHP — Ownership of dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

H7. Are your living quarters
[] Owned or being bought by someone in this household
[] Rented for cash rent
[] Occupied without payment of cash rent


top
Puerto Rico 1980 — source variable PR1980A_MORTGAGE — Mortgage status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

H35a. Do you have a mortgage or similar debt on this property?
[] Yes, mortgage, or similar debt
[] Yes, contract to purchase
[] No -- Skip to page 6


top
Puerto Rico 1990 — source variable PR1990A_OWNERSHP — Ownership of dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

H6. Is this (house or apartment) --
[] 1 Owned by you or someone in this household with a mortgage or loan?
[] 2 Owned by you or someone in this household free and clear (without a mortgage)?
[] 3 Rented for cash rent?
[] 4 Occupied without payment of cash rent?


top
Puerto Rico 2000 — source variable PR2000A_OWNERSHP — Ownership of dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

33. Is this house, apartment, or mobile home -
[] Owned by you or someone in this household with a mortgage or loan?
[] Owned by you or someone in this household free and clear (without a mortgage or loan)?
[] Rented for cash rent?
[] Occupied without payment of cash rent?


top
Puerto Rico 2005 — source variable PR2005A_OWNERSHP — Ownership of dwelling

No questionnaire text is available for this sample.


top
Puerto Rico 2010 — source variable PR2010A_OWNERSHP — Ownership of dwelling (tenure)
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
[Questions 7 - 14 were asked of all households.]

14. Is this house, apartment, or mobile home

Mark (X) in one box.

[] Owned by you or someone in this household with a mortgage or loan? Include home equity loans.
[] Owned by you or someone in this household free and clear (without a mortgage or loan)?
[] Rented?
[] Occupied without payment of rent? Skip to [C]
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Answer questions 1 through 21 for the house, apartment, or mobile home at the address on the mailing label.

14. Housing is owned if the owner or co-owner lives in it.

If the house, apartment, or mobile home is mortgaged or there is a contract to purchase, mark the "Owned by you or someone in this household with a mortgage or loan? Include home equity loans." box. If there is no mortgage or other debt, mark the "Owned by you or someone in this household free and clear (without a mortgage or loan)?" box. If the house, apartment, or mobile home is owned but the land is rented, mark one of the "owned" categories. If the mobile home is owned without an installment loan, but there is a mortgage on the land, mark the "Owned by you or someone in this household with a mortgage or loan? Include home equity loans." box.

If any money rent is paid, even if the rent is paid by people who are not members of your household, or paid by a federal, state, or local government agency, mark the "Rented?" box.
If the unit is not owned or being bought by a member of this household and if money rent is not paid or contracted, mark the "Occupied without payment of rent?" box. The unit may be owned by friends or relatives who live elsewhere and who allow you to occupy this house, apartment, or mobile home without charge. A house or apartment may be provided as part of wages or salary.

Examples are: caretaker's or janitor's house or apartment; parsonages; tenant farmer or sharecropper houses for which the occupants do not pay cash rent; or military housing.


top
Romania 1977 — source variable RO1977A_OWN — Tenure status of the household in the dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

Tenure status of the household in the dwelling
[] 1 Owner
[] 2 Tenant
[] 3 Other situations

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

47. Tenure status of the household in the dwelling. (the cassette on the upper left side of the chapter III of the form LP or LP - annex).

The mark x will be filled in for the corresponding code box according to the stated tenure status situation of the household recorded. It will not be marked on the LP --annex form for the persons from the first household that could not be recorded in the LP form, as well as on the LP or LP -- annex form filled for the persons who came for a longer period of time in the locality.

top
Romania 2011 — source variable RO2011A_OWNRSHP — Dwelling ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Dwelling

8. Type of ownership

[] 1 Individual private
[] 2 Public
[] 3 Shared private
[] 4 Co- operative
[] 5 Associative
[] 6 Owned by a religious cult

top
Rwanda 1991 — source variable RW1991A_TENURE — Ownership status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
For private households
[Questions H1 - H11]


H10. Ownership/renting status

What is the ownership status of the dwelling unit?

[] 1 Landlord / owner
[] 2 Paid by employer
[] 3 Free housing
[] 4 Tenant
[] 5 Other


top
Rwanda 2002 — source variable RW2002A_TENURE — Home ownership status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

H12. What is your title [ownership status] for occupying this dwelling unit?
[] 1. Landlord/owner
[] 2. Paid rent
[] 3. Mortgage/leasing
[] 4. Free housing
[] 5. Paid by employer
[] 6. Refugee camp/temporary settlement
[] 7. Others

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question H12: Ownership status/renting status of the dwelling unit

The census enumerator will well distinguish between categories 4 and 5 (persons who are housed for free) thanks to subsidiary questions to be asked cleverly.

top
Rwanda 2012 — source variable RW2012A_OWNERSH — Status of occupancy of house
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Section H: Housing Units Characteristics

3. Tenure of the housing unit

[] 1 Owner
[] 2 Tenant
[] 3 Hire purchase
[] 4 Free lodging
[] 5 Staff housing
[] 6 Refuge/ temporary camp settlement
[] 7 Other ____
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Section H: Housing units characteristics
5.3.5. How to complete Section H: Habitat [H01 to H35]
Questions on habitat are also asked to the household head or his representative.

H03: Tenure of the housing unit
Encircle the code corresponding to the response given.

1 - Owner
2 - Renter
3 - Hire purchase
4 - Free lodging
5 - Staff housing
6 - Refuge/temporary camp settlement
7 - Other

top
Saint Lucia 1980 — source variable LC1980A_TENURE — Type of tenure
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

37. Type of tenure
[] Owned
[] Leased
[] Private rented
[] Rent free
[] Squatted
[] HP
[] Government rented
[] Other
[] Not stated


top
Saint Lucia 1991 — source variable LC1991A_OWNER — Type of ownership for dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

1.3 Does this household own, rent or lease this dwelling?
[] Owned
[] Squatted
[] Rented-private -- Skip to 1.5
[] Rented- government -- Skip to 1.5
[] Lease -- Skip to 1.5
[] Rent-free -- Skip to 1.5
[] Other -- Skip to 1.5
[] Don't know / not stated -- Skip to 1.5


top
Senegal 1988 — source variable SN1988A_OWNER — Ownership status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

H8. Ownership status
[] 1 Landlord
[] 2 Co-tenant
[] 3 Tenant
[] 4 Sub-tenant
[] 5 Paid by employer
[] 6 Free family lodging
[] 7 Other

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

H8) Ownership status
Circle, depending on the case:

1. LANDLORD (Proprietaire): if the household owns legally the property of the dwelling unit, or if it has shared property rights with other people, or jointly with a private or public institution.


Note: For an apartment under leasing, circle 1. Landlord

2. CO-TENANT (Colocatiare): if the household shares the rent with other tenants.

3. TENANT (Locataire): if the household rents the building or the dwelling unit where they live.

4. SUB-TENANT (Sous-locataire): if the household rents the place from another person who also rents it.

5. PAID BY EMPLOYER (Loge par employeur): in this case, the household benefits from a dwelling unit that is paid by an employer.

6. FREE FAMILY LODGING (Loge par la famille): this is the case of a household who is hosted by its extended family.

7. OTHER CASES (Autres): this applies to all the other statuses not elsewhere specified
.

top
Senegal 2002 — source variable SN2002A_OWNER — Ownership status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

E03. Ownership status
[] 1 Landlord
[] 2 Co-tenant
[] 3 Tenant
[] 4 Paid by employer
[] 5 Free family lodging
[] 6 Other

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

E03. Ownership status

Circle, depending on the case:

1. Landlord: if the dwelling unit belongs to the household that occupies it. In case of leasing, also circle "1 Landlord". The dwelling unit must belong to at least one of the household members.

2. Condominium: if the household shares property rights on the dwelling unit jointly with other households, or jointly with a private or public organism.

3. Tenant: if the household rents the building or the flat that it occupies.

4. Paid by employer: this is the case where the household occupies [for free] a dwelling unit provided by the employer.

5. Free family lodging: this is the case where a household is lodged [for free] by the extended family.

6. Others: this covers all the statuses other than the ones mentioned above.

top
Senegal 2013 — source variable SN2013A_OWNERSHP — Occupancy status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
E- Characteristics of the home environment

E03. Occupancy status

[] 1 Owner
[] 2 Co-owner
[] 3 Lessee
[] 4 Co-lessee
[] 5 Lease to own
[] 6 Housed by employer
[] 7 Housed by relatives/friends
[] 8 Other
If code = 3, 4, 6, or 7 go to E05
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
4.5 Part E: characteristics of the dwelling

E03: occupation status
Circle as appropriate:

1. Owner: The dwelling must belong to at least one member of the household.
2. Co-owner: This is the case when the household has property rights at the same time as another household or jointly with a private or public body on the dwelling that it occupies.
3. For ''tenant'': if the household has rented the construction or the dwelling it occupies.
4. For ''co-tenant'': If more than one household have rented together the construction or housing they occupy.
5. For ''rental sale'': In the case where the household is bound by a contract to pay regularly the fixed-term tenancy at the end of which, the household becomes owner.
6. ''Housed by the employer'': in the case where the household occupies a dwelling which is assigned to it by an employer.
7. For ''housed by relatives or friends'': This is a household lodged by its relatives in the broad sense of the word, or by friends.
8. Other: These are all other situations not previously mentioned.

If the answer is equal to 3, 4, 6 or 7 go to E05.
NB: if there are several households in the same compound, occupancy status is referenced to the building. In other words, the person who constructed the building without the support of other people, even if it is on the land of others, is considered to be the owner. Example: A son who builds in his father's compound is considered owner.


top
Sierra Leone 2004 — source variable SL2004A_ACQUIRED — Tenure of the dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

H04. How was this dwelling acquired?
Owner

[] 01 Purchased
[] 02 Constructed
[] 03 Inherited

Employer provided

[] 04 Government
[] 05 Private
[] 06 Parastatal
[] 07 Quasi-Government

Renting

[] 08 Government
[] 09 Housing corporation
[] 10 Private
[] 11 Parastatal
[] 12 Quasi-government

Other

[] 13 Squatter
[] 14 Other

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Section 2 - Housing facilities


H04 - How the dwelling was acquired
168. Ask how the dwelling was acquired and record the appropriate code provided in the code list.


Section 2: Housing facilities


H04 How was the dwelling acquired?

[] 01 Purchased
[] 02 Constructed
[] 03 Inherited
[] 04 Squatter
[] 05 Other (specify)

Employer provided:

[] 06 Government
[] 07 Private
[] 08 Parastatal
[] 09 Quasi-government

Renting:

[] 10 Government
[] 11 Housing corporation
[] 12 Private
[] 13 Parastatal
[] 14 Quasi-government


top
South Africa 1996 — source variable ZA1996A_OWEND — Dwelling ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Section B:

Please answer questions related to this household


This dwelling is the place (house, flat etc.) In which this household spent census night


1.6. Is this dwelling owned by a member of this household

[] 1 = Yes
[] 2 = No


top
South Africa 2001 — source variable ZA2001A_OWNER — Tenure status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

H-25. Tenure status
_ What is the tenure status of the household? If the household uses several dwellings, write the code for the main dwelling in the box.
1= Owned and fully paid off
2 = Owned but not yet paid off
3 = Rented
4 = Occupied rent-free
5 = Other (specify) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question H-25 -- Tenure status

"What is the tenure status of the household?"

Read out the categories to the respondent. If the household uses several dwellings, fill in the information for the main dwelling.

Indicate by writing the code for the relevant category.

top
South Africa 2007 — source variable ZA2007A_TENURE — Tenure status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

H-11 Tenure status
What is the tenure status of this household?
If the household uses several dwellings, write the code for the main dwelling in the box.
Read out:
[] 1 Owned and fully paid off
[] 2 Owned but not yet paid off
[] 3 Rented
[] 4 Occupied rent-free
[] 5 Other (specify) ____
Write only one code in the box.
_

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

(H-11) Tenure status: What is the tenure status of this household?
Tenure status determines on what terms the household occupies the dwelling.

If the household uses several dwellings, write the code for the main dwelling. If the response is "other", remember to specify. Write in capital letters.

top
South Africa 2011 — source variable ZA2011A_TENURE — Tenure status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
H-04 Tenure status
What is the tenure status of this household?
Write the appropriate codes in the boxes _

1. Rented
2. Owned but not yet paid off
3. Occupied rent-free
4. Owned and fully paid off
5. Other

Refers to the main dwelling structure only and not to the land that it is situated on.

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
10. Section H: Housing (remember to follow instructions)
Purpose: Information collected here is important to all users such as Eskom, Telkom, etc. as it can be used to monitor progress regarding service delivery issues (or lack thereof).

This section must be completed for every household.
H-02: Other dwelling refers to another structure that the household occupies other than the main house/dwelling.

top
South Africa 2016 — source variable ZA2016A_OWNERSHP — Dwelling tenure status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
4 Housing, household goods, services and crime and agricultural activities

Now, I am going to ask you some questions related to housing, household goods and services, crime and agricultural activities for this particular household.

Dwelling unit

[4.24] What is the tenure status of the main dwelling that this household currently occupies?

[] 1 Rented from private individual
[] 2 Rented from other [incl. municipality and social housing institutions]
[] 3 Owned, but not yet paid off
[] 4 Owned and fully paid off
[] 5 Occupied rent-free
[] 6 Other
[] 7 Do not know

top
South Sudan 2008 — source variable SS2008A_OWNRSHP — Tenure status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

35. What is the tenure status of this dwelling?
[] 1 Owned
[] 2 Rented
[] 3 Housing provided as part of work
[] 4 Free

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Q35 "What is the tenure status of this dwelling?" Ask question 35.
  • Shade the number corresponding to the type of tenure reported by the respondent.
  • Read the categories aloud if the respondent seems confused.

(1) "Owned." A member of the household owns the dwelling.

(2) "Rented." A member of the household pays rent for the dwelling.

(3) "Housing provided as part of work." Dwelling is provided by the employer of a household member even though some rent may be paid. If the employment stops, the household members lose the lower rent and/or dwelling.

(4) "Free." A household member does not own the dwelling, it is occupied free of charge without rent or linkage to job.


top
Spain 1991 — source variable ES1991A_OWNERSHP — Condition of ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

3. Tenure
Owned
[] 1 Purchased, totally paid for (owned free and clear)
[] 2 Purchased, under mortgage
[] 3 Inherited or donated

Provided free or almost free
[] 4 By an employer, organization, or business, for work-related reasons
[] 5 By other persons, households, or institutions

Rented
[] 6 Furnished
[] 7 Unfurnished
Other form
[] 8 Other form (specify) ___


top
Spain 2001 — source variable ES2001A_OWNER — Form of ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

2. Form of occupancy
[] Owned through purchase, totally paid for
[] Owned through purchase, mortgaged
[] Owned through inheritance or donation
[] Rented
[] Provided for free or at minimal cost by another owner, business, or organization
[] Some other arrangement


top
Spain 2011 — source variable ES2011A_OWNRSHP — Dwelling ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
2. Property of the dwelling
The dwelling is…

[] Owned, sold, completely paid
[] Owned, sold, with payments pending (mortgages)
[] Owned by inheritance or donation
[] Rented
[] Freely given or at a low price (by another household, paid for by the company...)
[] Other form
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
3.12 Property of the dwelling

The ownership regimen of the dwelling is understood as the relationship that exists between the residents and the dwelling property.

This variable refers exclusively to the ownership regimen of the dwellings and not to the ownership of the terrain in which the dwelling is located.

Categories of this variable:

Dwellings in properties, by purchase, totally paid
Dwellings in properties with mortgages
Dwellings in properties by inheritance or donation
Dwellings for rent
Dwelling ceded freely or low price by another household, business...
Dwellings with another type of ownership regimen

top
Sudan 2008 — source variable SD2008A_OWNRSHP — Tenure status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

35. What is the tenure status of this dwelling?
[] 1 Owned
[] 2 Rented
[] 3 Housing provided as part of work
[] 4 Free

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Q35 "What is the tenure status of this dwelling?" Ask question 35.
  • Shade the number corresponding to the type of tenure reported by the respondent.
  • Read the categories aloud if the respondent seems confused.

(1) "Owned." A member of the household owns the dwelling.

(2) "Rented." A member of the household pays rent for the dwelling.

(3) "Housing provided as part of work." Dwelling is provided by the employer of a household member even though some rent may be paid. If the employment stops, the household members lose the lower rent and/or dwelling.

(4) "Free." A household member does not own the dwelling, it is occupied free of charge without rent or linkage to job.


top
Suriname 2012 — source variable SR2012A_OWNERSHP — House tenure
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Household module

Part 2: Characteristics of the inhabited living quarter
[Applies to questions 5 - 9]

7. What arrangement is in place for the household's occupancy of this living quarter?

[] 1 Property of one of the household members
[] 2 Rented from a public entity
[] 3 Rented from a private person or firm
[] 4 Hire-purchase
[] 5 No rent; free occupancy of a government residence [Geen huur, gratis verblijf in een overheidswoning]
[] 6 No rent; free occupancy of a private or business dwelling
[] 7 Squat
[] 8 Other, namely ____
[] 97 Don't know
[] 99 No response

top
Switzerland 1970 — source variable CH1970A_OCCSTATUS — Occupancy status of dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

2. Ownership status: do you occupy this dwelling as?
[] House owner
[] Condominium owner
[] Other co-owner of house
[] Lessee
[] Tenant
[] Member of a co-operative
[] Company dwelling
[] Free dwelling


[Notes to question 2]
Member of a co-operative are members of a building co-op who at the same time occupy a dwelling therein.

Company dwellings are provided by employers to employees according to an employment contract.

Free dwellings are dwellings provided for free by other than employers (e.g. relatives).

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question 2: Ownership
A dwelling rented voluntary from an employer is a rented dwelling, not a dwelling provided by the employer.

top
Switzerland 1980 — source variable CH1980A_OCCSTATUS — Occupancy status of dwelling

No questionnaire text is available for this sample.


top
Switzerland 1990 — source variable CH1990A_OCCSTATUS — Occupancy status of dwelling

No questionnaire text is available for this sample.


top
Switzerland 2000 — source variable CH2000A_OCCSTATUS — Occupancy status of dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

17. The dwelling is occupied permanently by
[] Tenants
[] Members of cooperative
[] Owner of floor or dwelling
[] Owner of building
[] Tenant of a company flat/official residence
[] Tenant of a free dwelling
[] Lessee


17. Members of cooperatives are persons who belong to a housing cooperative and live in a dwelling belonging to that cooperative.

Tenants of a company flat/official residence are persons who are obliged or privileged to occupy a dwelling made available to them by the employer.

Tenants of a free dwelling are persons occupying a dwelling made available to them for free by somebody other the employer (e.g. relatives).

18. Please enter the net rent per month, i.e. excluding heating, hot water, garage etc. Please round up to whole Franks. Not to be entered are rents for dwellings or detached homes which are rented out fully furnished or which are part of commercial or agricultural facilities.
In case of separate rooms counted in question 15, rent for those are not to be included.


top
Tanzania 1988 — source variable TZ1988A_OWNER — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

32. Are you...
[Read the following alternatives to respondent]
[] 1 Owner
[] 2 Tenant
[] 3 Other


top
Tanzania 2012 — source variable TZ2012A_OWNERSHP — Home tenure status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
G. Housing conditions and ownership of assets

41. What is the ownership status of the main dwelling used by the household?

[] 1 Owned by household
[] 2 Lived in without paying any rent
[] 3 Rented privately
[] 4 Rented by employer
[] 5 Rented by government at a subsidized rent
[] 6 Owned by employer - Free of charge
[] 7 Owned by employer -With rent

If the answer is code 2 or above, skip to question 43.
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Questions 41 to 52 ask about the house characteristics and ownership of assets/properties and they are answered by the head of the household.

These questions ask about types of home ownership and materials used for construction of the house household members live in. Also, these questions aim to understand services available in the house, for example, water, toilets, energy source for cooking and lighting the house.
Explanation/clarification of the question: Answers to these questions will enable the nation understand the level of poverty in the households.

top
Thailand 1970 — source variable TH1970A_OWNERSHP — Tenure of unit
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Part 4 Housing questions

Do not ask the collective household.

For Municipal Areas, ask housing questions in all households.

For Non-Municipal Areas, ask housing questions only in households with the letter "B".
(The letter of the 9th column in the "Sor Por Kor 1" form is:
[] A
[] B
[] C
[] D.
If the letter "B" is checked, ask the housing questions. If not, terminate the interview.)

[Approximately 1 in 3 households from Non-Municipal Areas were asked the household questions.]


25. Type of structure:

[] 1 Detached house
[] 2 Row house
[] 3 Apartment
[] 4 Room
[] 5 Mobile (boat, raft, or car)
[] Others, specify ____


If marked "5" or "Others," terminate the interview.

28. Tenure of house (excluding land):

[] 1 Owner
[] 2 Buy on installment
[] 3 Rent

Live without paying rent because:
[] 4 Payment in kind for service
[] 5 Free
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Number 28: Tenure of living place of the household (excluding land)
Ask: "What is the possession status of the person in this household?"
Select one of the following answers: owner, hire purchaser, renter, or the person lives without paying rent because it is a part of salary/wages or because the owner allows him/her to live in the house for free.

The possession of the living place of the household means the fact that one of the member of the household lives in that living place and he/she is the owner, hire purchaser, or renter of the house. Also, he/she may live without paying rent because it is a part of the wage/salary of one member of the household, or the owner allows them to live in the house for free because they are relatives or friends.
Hire-purchasing means purchasing of a living quarter by installment according to a written agreement. When the payment is completed, then the buyer is considered the owner of that living place.
Staying without paying rent because it is part of the wage refers to the living places such as worker housing in the factory, government-officer housing, railway officer housing, soldier and policeman housing, or security-guard housing, etc.
Staying free of charge means the household members are allowed to live in the house without giving anything in return, because they may be relatives or friends.

The living place of household in this case refers to the house only, and it excludes land.


top
Thailand 1980 — source variable TH1980A_TENURE — Tenure of living quarter, excluding land
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Part 3. Housing Questions (For Private Household)

[Questions H1-H18 were asked of private households.]


H4. Tenure of household living quarter (excluding land)

[] 1 Owner
[] 2 Buy on installment
[] 3 Rent
[] 4 Rent free for service
[] 5 Rent free others

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
3.33 The Possession of Household’s Living Place (not including the land)
The possession of the house in which the people who live in that particular household are owner, hire purchaser, rent, or staying in that particular house without

p. 36

paying the rent because it is part of the wages. In other case, the owner allows her/him to stay without paying the rent.

Owner means a person in a household holding the legal right in living in that place. In case that the buyer of the house has not been paying the whole amount of money to the seller, but transfer his property right as a mortgage at the bank and pay the bank by installment, the buyer is considered the owner of that particular place.
Hire purchasing means the buying of a living place by installment according to the written agreement made. When the payment is completed, then the buyer is considered the owner of the living place.
Rent means the person in the household stays in that place without being the owner or hire purchaser and has to pay the owner for the rent.

Staying without paying rent
a) Because the rent is part of the wages:in the case of officer housing, night watcher housing, factory housing, teacher housing, railway officer housing, soldier and policeman housing or the private house in which government office or private company rent it for the government officer or governmental personnel to live, etc., including the living quarter in the office or in a building.
b) Staying free of charge means the living of a person in a house or room without paying any money.
Section 3 Questions on Housing
(Ask only private household)

Questions on housing are concerned with living places of every private household in municipal area. For those outside municipal area and Bangkok, ask only the sample households.

Guideline for questioning and recording

1. Ask conditions of living place by household not by person.
2. If a household living in many houses in the same area, consider the house where head of the household lives.
3. If several households living in the same house, consider conditions of the living place of the main household, other households or conditions of living are regarded as rooms in the house.
4. In recording answer, circle one code number only. If answer is "others," specify and record the answer clearly.
5. The question that has no answer code, record statement or number in the blank on the dot line.
H 4. Possession of living place of the household (excluding land)

Ask "What is the possession status of the person in this household?", then circle a code corresponding to the answer only.

1. Owner
2. Hire purchaser
3. Rent
4. Live without paying rent as it is part of salary/wages
5. Owner allows to stay without paying rent

top
Thailand 1990 — source variable TH1990A_OWNERSHP — Tenure of living quarter (excluding land)
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Part III Housing questions (for private household)


H3. Tenure of living quarter (excluding land)

[] 1 Owner (skip to H7)
[] 2 Hire purchaser (skip to H7)
[] 3 Rent (Ask H4, H5, H6 respectively)
[] Rent free because
[] 4 Part of salary (skip to H6)
[] 5 In-kind (skip to H6)

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

H3. The ownership of the living quarter of this household (excluding land ownership)
Ask: "What is the property ownership status of the household member?"
[] 1 Owner
[] 2 Hire-purchasing
[] 3 Rent
Rent free because:

[] 4 Part of salaries
[] 5 In-kind benefits


top
Thailand 2000 — source variable TH2000A_OWNERSHP — Tenure of living quarter
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

For sample private households only
[Questions H1-9 were asked of sample private households only]


H3. Tenure of living quarter (excluding land)

[] 1 Owner
[] 2 Hire purchaser
[] 3 Rent
[] 4 Rent free: part of wage or salary
[] 5 Rent free: allowed to stay without payment

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

4. Possession of household's living place (not including the land)

This refers to possession of the house for which people living in that particular household are owner, hire purchaser, renters, or live without paying rent because it is part of their wage. In all other cases, the owner allows a person to stay without paying rent.
4.1 Owner
This is a person in the household with legal right to live in a particular place. In the case that a buyer of a house has not paid the entire cost of the house to the seller but instead transfers his property right as mortgage in a bank, the buyer is considered owner of that particular place.

4.2 Hire purchasing
This is the buying of a living place which is paid for by installments according to a written agreement. When payment is completed, the buyer is considered owner of the living place.


4.3 Rent
This refers to a person living in the household without being the owner or hire purchaser and has to pay rent to the owner.

4.4 Staying without paying rent
This happens when:

a) Rent is part of the wage. Such is the case for officer's housing, night watcher's housing, factory housing, teacher's housing, railway officer's housing, soldier's and policeman's housing, or private housing where a government office or a private company rents for a government officer or governmental personnel. This includes a living quarter in the office or in a building.

b) Staying free of charge, this means living in a house or room without paying any money.


5.5.3 Part 3 Questions on housing
[Ask only for the sample private household]


H3: Tenure of living quarter (excluding land)
[Table summarizing column H3 is not presented here]

1. Owner
2. Hire purchaser
3. Rent
4. Live without paying rent, because it is part of wages
5. Owner allows [the respondent] to stay without paying rent


Procedure for recording the form
Record code corresponding to the answer in the check box provided

[p.126]

Question asked [of respondent]: "What is the position the person occupies when living in this house?"

If the type of living quarters recorded in item H1 was "7" (Room in the office), the code of tenure of living quarters in item H3 is "5", where the owner allows [the respondent] to stay without paying rent.


top
Togo 2010 — source variable TG2010A_OWNERSHP — Ownership of dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Dwelling unit

(H06) Occupation status of the dwelling

Circle the appropriate code and record it in the box

[] 1 Family house
[] 2 Owner with ownership title
[] 3 Owner without ownership title
[] 4 Renter
[] 5 Housed by employer
[] 6 Housed free of charge
[] 8 Other (specify) ____
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
[p. 49]

F- Characteristics of the habitat

Question H06: Status of occupation

This concerns whether the household inhabits a familial house, if it owns the house (with or without a title deed), if it is rented, is housed free of charge, and so on. Circle and then record in the box the code corresponding to status of occupation.

The modalities of possible response are:

1. Familial house: the household occupies a dwelling situated in a compound belonging to relatives (father, mother, grandparent, and so on).
2. Owner with a title deed: the dwelling occupied by the household belongs to it with a title deed.
3. Owner without title deed: the dwelling occupied by the household belongs to it without a title deed.
4. Renter: the household occupies a dwelling in counterpart for which it pays a sum of money (generally per month).
5. Housed by the employer: the dwelling occupied by the household has been attributed to it by their employer.
6. Housed free of charge: the dwelling has been attributed to the household by a third-party person (uncle, aunt, friend, and so on) without any contribution.
8. Other (to be specified).
[p. 52]

For any other status of occupation not indicated above, circle and record code 8 in the corresponding box and then record the respondent's declaration on the dotted lines.


top
Trinidad and Tobago 1970 — source variable TT1970A_OWNERSHP — Type of tenure
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Section VIII. Housing

[Questions 36-43 asked of the head of the household only.]

37. Type of tenure

[] Owned
[] Leased
[] Rented
[] Rent free
[] Squatted
[] Other
[] Not stated
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
H. Section VIII - Housing

This section, comprising eight questions - numbered 36 to 43 inclusive - must be marked on the questionnaire for the head of the household only.

70. Question 37 - Type of tenure

Tenure refers to the arrangement under which a household is occupying its living quarters.

(a) Owner-occupied - Mark this space if the head or any other member of the household owns the dwelling.

(b) Leased - Mark this space if the dwelling is leased by the head or any other member of the household.

(c) Rented - Mark this space if the head or any other member of the household rents the dwelling

(e) Rent-free - This space must be marked when the household does not pay rent for occupying the dwelling.

(e) Squatted - This space must be marked when households are found occupying and area without the permission of the owner.

top
Trinidad and Tobago 1980 — source variable TT1980A_OWNERSHP — Tenancy
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Characteristics of Dwelling Unit

42. Tenancy
What type of tenancy do you hold?

[] 1 Owned
[] 2 Rented private
[] 3 Rented government
[] 4 Leased
[] 5 Rent free
[] 6 Squatted
[] 7 Other
[] 9 Not stated
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Characteristics of the dwelling unit

Question 42 - Tenancy

Tenure refers to the legal and financial arrangements under which a household is occupying its living quarters. The pre-coded categories are as follows:-

[1] Owned - This category applies when the head or any other member of the household owns the dwelling, or is in the process of buying the dwelling.

[2] Rented - Private - Included in this concept is the situation where the head of the household or any other member rents the dwelling from an individual or a company. Rental, although it may be covered by a contract, conveys the idea of payments being made monthly.

[3] Rented - Government - This applies if the head of the household or any other member rents the dwelling from government or government agency.

[4] Leased - A lease differs from a rental by an agreed contract which stipulates, in advance, the total rental sum for the dwelling during a fixed duration of the contract. This total sum may be paid in advance or by installments.

[5] Rent-free - When the head of the household does not pay a rent for the occupancy of the dwelling by the household, a tick should be scored in this box.

[6] Squatted - This applies when households are found occupying a building or dwelling unit without permission of the owner or any legal rights to the property.

[7] Other - This description refers to situations where the head or members of the household are occupying a dwelling under conditions different from those specified above.

top
Trinidad and Tobago 1990 — source variable TT1990A_OWNERSHP — Tenancy in respect to dwelling unit
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Characteristics of the dwelling unit occupied by household

Interviewer: A dwelling unit must have a separate entrance and not be accessed or entered through someone else's living arrangements.

37. Tenancy
37(a). What type of tenancy do you hold in respect of dwelling unit?

[] 1 Owned
[] 2 Rented private
[] 3 Rented government
[] 4 Leased
[] 5 Rent free
[] 6 Squatted
[] 7 Other
[] 9 Not stated
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Characteristics of the dwelling unit

Question 37 - Tenancy

Tenure refers to the legal and financial arrangements under which a household is occupying its living quarters and the land on which it stands. The pre-coded categories are as follows: -
[1] Owned
This category applies when the head or any other member of the household owns the dwelling/land, or is in the process of buying the dwelling land.
[2] Rented-private
Included in this concept is the situation where the head of the household or any other member rents the dwelling/land from an individual or a company. Rental, although it may be covered by a contract, conveys the idea of payments being made monthly.
[3] Rented-government
This applies if the head of the household or any other member rents the dwelling/land from government or government agency.
[4] Leased
A lease differs from a rental by an agreed contract which stipulates, in advance, the total rental sum for the dwelling/land during a fixed duration of the contract. This total sum may be paid in advance or by installments.
[5] Rent-free
When the head of the household does not pay a rent for the occupancy of the dwelling/land by the household, a tick should be scored in this box.
[6] Squatted
This applies when households are found occupying a building or dwelling unit/land without permission of the owner or any legal rights to property.
[7] Other
This description refers to situations where the head or members of the household are occupying the dwelling/land under conditions different from those specified above.

top
Trinidad and Tobago 2000 — source variable TT2000A_OWNERSHP — Tenancy of the dwelling unit
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Characteristics of the dwelling unit occupied by household

Interviewer: A dwelling unit must have a separate entrance and not be accessed or entered through someone else's living arrangements.

51. Tenancy

(a) Is dwelling the unit -

[] 01. Owned
[] 02. Rented private
[] 03. Rented government
[] 04. Leased private
[] 05. Leased government
[] 06. Rent free
[] 07. Squatted
[] 08. Other
[] 88. Don't know
[] 99. Not stated
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Characteristics of dwelling unit occupied by household

Question 51 - Tenancy

Tenure refers to the legal and financial arrangements under which a household is occupying its living quarters and the land on which it stands. The pre-coded categories are as follows:

01. Owned: This category applies when the head or any other member of the household owns the dwelling unit or is in the process of buying the dwelling unit.

02. Rented - private: Included in this concept is the situation where the head of the household or any other member rents the dwelling unit from an individual or a company. Rental, although it may be covered by a contract, conveys the idea of payments being made monthly.

03. Rented - government: This applies if the head of the household or any other member rents the dwelling unit from government or government agency.

04. Leased private and 05. Leased government: A lease differs from a rental by an agreed contract, which stipulates, in advance, the total rental sum for the dwelling unit during a fixed duration of the contract. This total sum may be paid in advance or by installments. Both government and private leases are captured.

06. Rent-free: When the head of the household does not pay a rent for the occupancy of the dwelling unit by the household, a tick should be made in this box.

[p.69]

07. Squatted: This applies when households are found occupying a building or dwelling unit without permission of the owner or any legal rights to property.

77. Other: This description refers to situations where the head or members of the household are occupying the dwelling unit under conditions different from those specified above.

Note: 51 (b) is only applicable to those individuals who owned their dwelling unit.


top
Trinidad and Tobago 2011 — source variable TT2011A_OWNERSHP — Type of tenure or ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Section 11: Housing - Head of household

B. Characteristics of Occupied Dwelling Unit and Land Tenancy

42. Type of tenure/ownership

(a) Is the dwelling unit:

[] 01 Owned fully
[] 02 Owned with mortgage/loan
[] 03 Rent to own
[] 04 Rented private
[] 05 Rent free
[] 06 Rented government
[] 07 Leased private
[] 08 Leased government
[] 09 Squatted
[] 77 Other (specify) ____
[] 99 Not stated
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Section 11 - Housing

11.6. Type of tenure / ownership dwelling unit

The type of tenure of the dwelling unit refers to the conditions / living arrangements under which a private household occupies all or part of it. It is important to note that information on land will only be collected for those individuals who own their dwelling unit.

[p31]

Ten (10) categories are identified:

(i) Owned fully - This category applies to heads of households who possess legal title to the dwelling.

(ii) Owned with mortgage / loan - This category applies to heads of households who are in the process of buying the dwelling by means of having taken a mortgage/loan with a financial institution.

(iii) Rent to own - This is a situation where persons who are unable to qualify for a mortgage are allowed to occupy the property under a license-to-occupy agreement for a period of five (5) years with the option to afterwards purchase the property.

(iv) Rented private - Included in this concept is the situation where the head of the household or any other member rents the dwelling from a private individual or group. Rental, although it may be covered by a contract, conveys the idea of payments being made monthly.

(v) Rent-free - This refers to the situation whereby the household does not pay a rent for occupying the dwelling. This situation may apply to households occupying dwellings rent free, which are owned by relatives or even friends who are not members of the household. Other rent-free arrangements also exist such as government and private employees who occupy dwellings owned by their employers.

(vi) Rented government - Included in this concept is the situation where the head of the household or any other member rents the dwelling from the government or a government agency. Rental, although it may be covered by a contract, conveys the idea of payments being made monthly.

(vii) Leased private - A lease differs from a rental by an agreed contract, which stipulates payment in advance of the total rent for the dwelling during the entire duration of the contract. The arrangement is made with a private individual or group.

[p.32]

(viii) Leased government - A lease differs from a rental by an agreed contract, which stipulates payment in advance of the total rent for the dwelling during the entire duration of the contract. This arrangement is made with the government or a government agency.

(ix) Squatted - This applies when households are found occupying an area without permission of the owner or any legal rights to the dwelling.

(x) Other - This applies when households are occupying the dwelling under conditions different from those specified on the questionnaire, choose "Other (specify)….." and specify the type of tenure/ownership.

top
Turkey 1985 — source variable TR1985A_OWNERSHP — Household owns the dwelling

No questionnaire text is available for this sample.


top
Turkey 1990 — source variable TR1990A_OWNERSHP — Household owns the housing unit
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

Part III: Household questions
[Questions 1-7 (Part III) were asked of places that constitute households (housing units), as per Part II: Type of place.]


6. Is the household the owner of this dwelling?

1 [] Yes
2 [] No

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Section III: Questions pertaining to the household (1-7)
This section is only to be filled out for places exhibiting the characteristics of a household and not for military garrisons, military posts, hotels, hospitals, etc., for which this section is to be crossed out with an "X".


Question 6: As a household, do you own this house (dwelling) that you are living in?

This question seeks to ascertain if the household owns or does not own its house (dwelling). Just as this house (dwelling) that is being lived in may be the individual or joint property of the household head or his wife, it may also belong to one or several other members of this household. Based on the answer obtained to this question, if this house (dwelling) belongs to the household head or one of its members, place an "X" into the 1 "Yes" box, and if not into the 2 "No" box.

If the place that the household lives in is a tent, a [tree] hollow, a shack, a cave, etc., put the "X" into the "No" box.
Share- and time-share property owners are not to be considered as a dwelling owner.


top
Turkey 2000 — source variable TR2000A_OWNERSHP — Ownership status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

Section III: Questions related to households and dwellings
(For the places constituting a household, ask the questions between 1-12 in this section to the household head or to anyone who can answer instead.)
[Questions 1-12 were asked of housing units, per Section II.]


6. What is the ownership status of this house?

[] 1 Owner
[] 2 Tenant
[] 3 Lodgment [employer]
[] 4 Not owner, but not paying rent
[] 5 Other

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Section III: Questions related to households and dwellings
Attention! Section III is to be filled out for places where a household [housing unit] is constituted.

Questions 1 to 12 in this section are to be asked of the household head or someone able to answer in his/her place.


Question 6: What is your ownership status with respect to this dwelling?

This question seeks to reveal the ownership status of the dwelling the household is living in. The box corresponding to the ownership status of the dwelling the household is living in is to be marked with an "X".

In this question an "X" is to be placed into the box for:
  • "Home owner", if the household itself owns the dwelling it is living in,
  • "Renter", if the household pays either in-kind or in cash (rent) for the dwelling it is living in,
  • "Employee quarters" [lodgment], if the dwelling the household is living in is owned by the State or the employer being worked for,
  • "Not home owner, but not paying rent", if the dwelling being lived in by the household does not belong to it, but it is not paying rent (For example: the house of a father, mother or relative, a caretaker's or heating maintenance person's flat in an apartment building, etc.),
  • "Other", if the type of ownership of the dwelling the household is living in does not correspond to any of the above-specified statuses.


top
Uganda 1991 — source variable UG1991A_OWNERSHP — Tenure of dwelling unit
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image


Tenure of dwelling unit

[] 1 Owner occupied
[] 2 Rented - public
[] 3 Rented - private
[] 4 Subsidized - public
[] 5 Subsidized - private
[] 6 Free - public
[] 7 Free - private
[] 8 Other (specify)

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Dwelling Unit

193. The accommodation occupied by one household is the dwelling unit. And we are concerned in this section with the housing arrangements for this household - with the accommodation it occupies - with its living quarters.


Tenure of Dwelling Unit

200. This question is concerned with the arrangements by which a household occupies its dwelling or living quarters.

201. Ask, "Does this household pay rent for its living quarters?" Tick the box which most nearly describes the arrangements under which the household occupies its dwelling. If no box is appropriate, tick box 8. and describe the arrangements as best you can.

202. If the householder owns the dwelling which the household occupies, tick "owner occupier".

203. If the householder pays rent, determine whether the housing is "public" or "private". Public housing is owned by the Government, Municipalities, Town Boards and Parastatals. All other housing is private.

204. Households occupying Government housing may pay nominal rents. For these, tick "subsidized - public". If households occupying private housing pay similar nominal rents, tick "Subsidized - private".

205. If the householder neither owns the dwelling nor pays rent of any kind but occupies the dwelling free of charge, tick "Free - public" or "Free-private" as appropriate.


top
Uganda 2002 — source variable UG2002A_OWNERSHP — Tenure
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

H1 Occupancy tenure of dwelling unit
[] 1 Owner occupied
[] 2 Free - public
[] 3 Free - private
[] 4 Subsidized public
[] 5 Subsidized private
[] 6 Rented - public
[] 7 Rented - private
[] 8 Other (specify)

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question H1 : Occupancy Tenure of Dwelling Unit
Ask, "Does this Household own these living quarters?"
200. This question is concerned with the arrangements by which a Household occupies its dwelling or living quarters.
201. Circle the code which most appropriately describes the arrangements under which the Household occupies its dwelling. If the Household owns the dwelling, circle code 1 for "Owner occupied".
202. If the Household members neither own the dwelling nor pay rent of any kind but occupy the dwelling free of charge because it belongs to government, circle "2" for Free - public. Please probe to be sure that the Household does not pay rent whether directly or indirectly (deducted by the employer). Public housing is owned by the Central Government, Local Governments or Parastatal Organizations. All other housing is private
203. If the employer is not public e.g. a private company or private school and pays fully for the house, then circle "3" for Free-private.
204. Households occupying public housing may pay nominal rents. For these, circle 4 for "subsidized - public".
205. If Households occupying private housing pay similar nominal rents, circle 5 for "Subsidized - private".
206. If the Household members pay full rent, write circle 6 for "Rented - Public".
207. Where a Corporation, private company fully rents the dwelling circle 7 for "Rented - Private".
208. If no code is appropriate, circle code '8' and describe the arrangements as best you can.

top
Uganda 2014 — source variable UG2014A_OWNERSHP — Dwelling tenure status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Section 2: Housing conditions

H1 What is the occupancy tenure of the dwelling unit?

[] 10 Owner occupied
[] 11 Free public
[] 12 Free private
[] 13 Subsidized public
[] 14 Subsidized private
[] 15 Rented public
[] 16 Rented private
[] 96 Other

top
United Kingdom 1991 — source variable UK1991A_TENURE — Tenure of household space
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

Please tick the box which best describes how you and your household occupy your accommodation.

If buying by stages from a Council, Housing Association or New Town (under shared ownership, co-ownership or equity sharing scheme), answer as an owner-occupier at box 1.
As an owner-occupier:
[] 1 buying the property through mortgage or loan
[] 2 owning the property outright (no loan)


If your accommodation is occupied by lease originally granted of, or extended to, more than 21 years, answer as an owner-occupier. For shorter leases, answer 'By renting'.

By renting, rent free or by lease:
[] 3 with a job, farm, shop or other business
[] 4 from a local authority (Council)
[] 5 from a New town Development Corporation (or Commission) of from a Housing Action Trust
[] 6 from a housing association or charitable trust


A private landlord may be a person a company or another organisation not mentioned at 3, 4, 5 or 6 above
[] 7 from a private landlord, furnished
[] 8 from a private landlord, unfurnished
[] In some other way: please give details below ________


top
United Kingdom 2001 — source variable UK2001A_TENURE1 — Tenure of accommodation, England and Wales
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

H8. Does your household own or rent the accommodation?
[Check] one box only.

[] Owns outright -- Go to H10
[] Owns with a mortgage or loan -- Go to H10
[] Pays part rent and part mortgage (shared ownership) -- Go to H10
[] Rents -- Go to H9
[] Lives rent free -- Go to H9


H9. Who is your landlord?
[Question H9 applies to rented and free-of-charge dwellings.]

[] Council (Local Authority)
[] Housing Association, Housing Co-operative, Charitable Trust, Registered Social Landlord
[] Private landlord or letting agency
[] Employer of a household member
[] Relative or friend of a household member
[] Other


top
United Kingdom 2001 — source variable UK2001A_TENURE2 — Tenure of accommodation, Scotland and Northern Ireland
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

H8. Does your household own or rent the accommodation?
[Check] one box only.

[] Owns outright -- Go to H10
[] Owns with a mortgage or loan -- Go to H10
[] Pays part rent and part mortgage (shared ownership) -- Go to H10
[] Rents -- Go to H9
[] Lives rent free -- Go to H9


H9. Who is your landlord?
[Question H9 applies to rented and free-of-charge dwellings.]

[] Council (Local Authority)
[] Housing Association, Housing Co-operative, Charitable Trust, Registered Social Landlord
[] Private landlord or letting agency
[] Employer of a household member
[] Relative or friend of a household member
[] Other


top
United States 1960 — source variable US1960A_OWNERSHP — Ownership of dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
[PH-3]
H12. Is the house, part of the house, or apartment in which you live: (Check one)

[] Owned or being bought by you or someone else in your household?
[] Rented for cash?
[] Occupied without payment of cash rent?

top
United States 1970 — source variable US1970A_OWNERSHP — Ownership of dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

[All]
H9. Are your living quarters -

[] Owned or being bought by you or by someone else in this household? Do not include cooperatives and condominiums here.
[] A cooperative or condominium which is owned or being bought by you or by someone else in your household?
[] Rented for cash rent?
[] Occupied without payment of cash rent?


"Owned or being bought means that the living quarters are owned outright or are mortgaged. Also mark Owned or being bought if the living quarters are owned but the land is rented. Mark Rented for cash rent if any money rent is paid. Rent may be paid by persons who are not members of your household. Occupied without payment of cash rent includes, for example, a parsonage, a house or apartment provided free of rent by the owner, or a house or apartment occupied by a janitor or caretaker in exchange for services."

top
United States 1980 — source variable US1980A_OWNERSHP — Ownership of dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

H8. Are your living quarters --
[] Owned or being bought by you or by someone else in this household?
[] Rented for cash rent?
[] Occupied without payment of cash rent?


[Mark owned or being bought if the living quarters are owned outright or are mortgaged. Also mark owned or being bought if the living quarters are owned but the land is rented. Mark rented for cash rent if any money rent is paid. Rent may be paid by persons who are not members of your household. Occupied without payment of cash rent includes, for example, a parsonage, military housing, a house or apartment provided free of rent by the owner, or a house or apartment occupied by a janitor or caretaker in exchange for services.]

top
United States 1990 — source variable US1990A_OWNERSHP — Ownership of dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

H4. Is this house or apartment--
[] Owned by you or someone in this household with a mortgage or loan?
[] Owned by you or someone in this household free and clear (without a mortgage)?
[] Rented for cash rent?
[] Occupied without payment of cash rent?


[Housing is owned if the owner or co-owner lives in it. Mark owned by you or someone in this household with a mortgage or loan if the house, apartment, or mobile home is mortgaged or there is a contract to purchase. Mark owned by you or someone in this household free and clear (without a mortgage) if there is no mortgage or other debt. If the house, apartment, or mobile home is owned but the land is rented, mark this question to show the status of the house, apartment, or mobile home. Mark rented for cash rent if any money rent is paid, even if the rent is paid by persons who are not members of your household, or by a federal, state, or local government agency. Mark occupied without payment of cash rent if the unit is not owned or being bought by the occupants and if money rent is not paid or contracted. The unit may be owned by friends or relatives who live elsewhere and who allow occupancy without charge. A house or apartment may be provided as part of wages or salary. Examples are: caretaker's or janitor's house or apartment; parsonages; tenant farmer or sharecropper houses for which the occupants do not pay cash rent; or military housing.]

top
United States 2000 — source variable US2000A_OWNERSHP — Ownership of dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

33. Is this house, apartment, or mobile home -
[] Owned by you or someone in this household with a mortgage or loan?
[] Owned by you or someone in this household free and clear (without a mortgage or loan)?
[] Rented for cash rent?
[] Occupied without payment of cash rent?


top
United States 2005 — source variable US2005A_OWNERSHP — Ownership of dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
17. Is this house, apartment, or mobile home

[] Owned by you or someone in this household with a mortgage or loan?
[] Owned by you or someone in this household free and clear (without a mortgage or loan)?
[] Rented for cash rent?
[] Occupied without payment of cash rent? -->Skip to C

top
United States 2010 — source variable US2010A_OWNERSHP — Ownership of dwelling (tenure)
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

14. Is this house, apartment, or mobile home Mark (X) one box.
[] Owned by you or someone in this household with a mortgage or loan? Include home equity loans.
[] Owned by you or someone in this household free and clear (without a mortgage or loan)?
[] Rented
[] Occupied without payment of rent? Skip to C


top
United States 2015 — source variable US2015A_OWNERSHP — Ownership of dwelling (tenure)
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
Housing
Please answer the following questions about the house, apartment, or mobile home at the address on the mailing label.

17. Is this house, apartment, or mobile home

Mark (X) one box.

[] Owned by you or someone in this household with a mortgage or loan? Include home equity loans.
[] Owned by you or someone in this household free and clear (without a mortgage or loan)?
[] Rented?
[] Occupied without payment of rent? [Skip to C]
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Answer questions 1 through 21 for the house, apartment, or mobile home at the address on the mailing label.

17. Housing is owned if the owner or co-owner lives in it. If the house, apartment, or mobile home is mortgaged or there is a contract to purchase, mark the "Owned by you or someone in this household with a mortgage or loan? Include home equity loans" box. If there is no mortgage or other debt, mark the "Owned by you or someone in this household free and clear (without a mortgage or loan)?" box. If the house, apartment, or mobile home is owned but the land is rented, mark one of the "owned" categories. If the mobile home is owned without an installment loan, but there is a mortgage on the land, mark the "Owned by you or someone in this household with a mortgage or loan? Include home equity loans" box.


top
Uruguay 1963 — source variable UY1963A_OWNERSHP — Tenancy
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

11. Tenancy
[] 1 Owner
[] 2 Lessee or sub-lessee
[] 3 Sharecropper (mediero or medianero)
[] 4 Usufructuary
[] 5 De facto occupant
Other (specify) ____

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Title XI: Tenancy
153. Write down in the corresponding box the class of occupation of a dwelling according to the following definitions:

a) Owner - If a dwelling belongs to the head of household or to members who reside in it. It doesn't matter if the dwelling has a mortgage tax.

b) Lessee - If a family or family group occupies and uses a dwelling there is an agreement between the owner and lessee for a determined payment. Sub-lessee: if the head of the household, a member of the household who lives in another, or the group that occupies the dwelling rents to another person who, at the same time, has rented it from the owner. These two situations are registered the same under the same box.

c) Mediero or medianero [sharing arrangement of a dwelling] - If a family occupies and uses a dwelling as a result of a situation created by a contract, by which a person is obliged to cede to another, the enjoyment of certain goods or certain elements of an operation in exchange for getting half of the product or utilities that they produce.

d) Usufructuary - If the family or group that inhabits the dwelling uses it with the authorization of the owner, without paying rent.


154. The other answers are self-explanatory.

top
Uruguay 1975 — source variable UY1975A_OWNER — Tenancy
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

6. Tenancy of the home
[] 1 Owner
[] 2 Lessee, sub-lessee
[] 3 Sharecropper or medianero
[] 4 Usufructuary
[] 5 De facto occupant
[] 6 Other (specify) ____

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

F. Information about the private home
Once the dwelling part is finished, you will ask questions referring to the Census home.

Remember that if in a dwelling inhabited by more than one private home you should fill out as many documents as there are homes.

Write in each one of the documents the information about each of the homes. You should not repeat information in Section "E. Information about the private dwelling".

Cancel this section upon enumerating the second and following homes that share this dwelling.


6. Tenancy of the home

Some explanations:

  • Sharecropper or medianero: It is the situation of a home that inhabits a dwelling as part of a contract or agreement (written or by word), by which it occupies or uses a good or exploitation, for half of the goods produced, by said good or exploitation.
  • Usufructuary: It is the situation of a home that occupies a dwelling, with authorization of the owner, without paying rent.
  • De facto occupant: It is the situation of a home that occupies a dwelling or abandoned piece of land, without the authorization of the owner of the property.


160. The other situations: "Owned", "Rented" or "Subleased", do not need explanations. Your informant will give you the information directly.

161. Don Juan Matínez, owner of a farm at Ciudadela street No. 1217, authorized Pedro López to occupy his dwelling, without collecting rent. Register this situation:

[Below the text are two charts, one of them with the box "Usufructuary" marked]


[p. 50]

On Aparicio Savaria Avenue, a family constructed a building made of waste material, in an area of waste land, without asking for permission. Register this situation:

[Below the text are two charts, one of them with the box "De facto occupant" marked]

Any other situation of tenancy of home that is not understood in the previous cases, (succession, prominent buyer, etc.) will be registered in box 6 "Other", and specify on the dotted line, the case that it concerns.


top
Uruguay 1985 — source variable UY1985A_OWNER — Ownership of dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

F. Information about the private home


5. Tenancy

With respect to this dwelling, this home:

It is owned:

[] 1 Is being paid for?
[] 2 Is already paid for?

[] 3 Member of a dwelling cooperative?
[] 4 Paid rent?
[] 5 Is it sharecropping [medianero]?
[] 6 Is it occupied without paying with permission from the owner?
[] 7 Is it occupied without paying without permission from the owner?

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

F. Information about the private home

Once the dwelling part is finished, you will ask questions referring to the Census home.

Remember that in a dwelling inhabited by more than one private home you should fill out as many documents as there are homes.

Write in each one of the documents the information about each of the homes. You should not repeat information in Section E. Information of the private dwelling.

Cancel this section upon enumerating the second and following homes that share this dwelling.


4. Tenancy

Ask the question, reading the possible responses until getting an affirmative answer.

The cases in which a home is property of a dwelling, that is, they are paying for it (prominent buyer or mortgage debt) or that it had been paid for (aforementioned prominent buyer), also when they are a member of a dwelling cooperative (therefore the home is not the property of a dwelling, but rather of a cooperative) or paid rent or occupation without paying rent (with or without permission of the owner of the dwelling or the territory where the dwelling is built), do not need explanations.

Medianero o mediero:
It is the situation of a home that inhabits a dwelling as part of a contract or agreement (written or word), by which it occupies or uses a good or exploitation, for half the goods produced, by said good or exploitation.


top
Uruguay 1996 — source variable UY1996A_OWNER — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

Tenancy
8. With respect to this dwelling, this household is:
[] 1 Owner of the dwelling and land
[] 2 Owner of the dwelling only
[] 3 Member of living cooperative
[] 4 Tenant or renter
[] 5 Occupant by a relation of dependence (work)
[] 6 Occupied by loan, cede or permission
[] 7 Occupied without permission
[] 8 Other

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Tenancy
Question 8.

Concerning [illegible]

Is this household [illegible]?

Remember that you should complete the question reading successively each one of the options until obtaining an affirmative answer.
Owner of the dwelling and the land: It does not matter if an owner already paid for the dwelling and land or that they are still making payments. In apartment buildings, each one of the owners is also owner of the land upon which the building is seated.

Owner of the dwelling only: It is the case of households that have built a dwelling on land that is not their property, whether it is a private owner or public or municipal property.

Member of a living cooperative: It is a case of private groups of dwellings or apartments financed by a bank mortgage, where individual owners do not exist, but rather the owner of the dwelling and land is the dwelling cooperative that they are part of.

Tenant or renter: It is the case of households that pay a rent to the owner for living in the dwelling.

Occupant by relation of dependency (work): Household to which has been assigned a dwelling for duties or work that one of the members of the household does.

Occupant by loan, cede, or permission: They are households that occupy a dwelling with authorization of the owner of it, without paying rent.

Occupant without permission: It is the situation of a household that occupies a dwelling without the authorization of the owner.

Other: Any other situation of tenancy of a household that is not understood to be in the previous cases should be registered in "Other".


top
Uruguay 2006 — source variable UY2006A_TENANCY — Tenancy status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

7. Regarding this dwelling, is this household [in any of the following categories]?
[] 1 Owner of the dwelling and land and paying for it

Amount to be paid for buying the dwelling and land _ _ _ _ _
Estimated amount that would be paid if the dwelling were rented _ _ _ _ _


[] 2 Owner of the dwelling and land and already paid for it

(Only for urban areas)
Estimated amount that would be paid if the dwelling were rented _ _ _ _ _


[] 3 Owner only of the dwelling and paying for it

Amount to be paid for buying the dwelling _ _ _ _ _
Estimated amount that would be paid if the dwelling were rented _ _ _ _ _


[] 4 Owner only of the dwelling and already paid for it

(Only for urban areas)
Estimated amount that would be paid if the dwelling were rented _ _ _ _ _


[] 5 Renting the dwelling

Rent amount _ _ _ _ _

[] 6 Occupant with dependency relationship
Estimated amount that would be paid if the dwelling were rented _ _ _ _ _
[] 7 Occupant not paying for it (dwelling was ceded by owner)
(Only for urban areas)
Estimated amount that would be paid if the dwelling were rented _ _ _ _ _
[] 8 Occupant without permission of the owner
(Only for urban areas)
Estimated amount that would be paid if the dwelling were rented _ _ _ _ _
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

7. Regarding this dwelling, is this household [in any of the following categories]?

This question is asked to determine the tenure status of the dwelling occupied by the household and, among other things, to determine the share of household income that is committed to housing costs. For owners, we distinguish between those how have paid in full for the dwelling and those who are still paying for the dwelling.

The question also intends to identify informal settlements, investigating dwelling and land owernship.

Non-paying occupants refer to the cases in which the occupants are not the owners of the dwelling or the terrain, nor are they renters; three types are distinguished:
  • Occupant with dependency relationship: those who occupy the dwelling for labor reasons and therefore possess an income in-kind.
  • Free occupant (dwelling was ceded by owner): those cases in which the dwelling was directly ceded by the owner, for example, the parents who give a dwelling to their children to live.
  • Occupant without permission of the owner, commonly called "squatters".


For each type of housing tenure, the expense associated with the occupation of the dwelling or the rental value, as approproiate. The expense associated with the occupation of the dwelling is the sum of the share of the home or land purchase, or the rental fee if respondent is tenant.

The rental value is the estimated amount that the household (not tenant) would pay if renting the dwelling. The imputation of the rental value of owned homes is a common practice in household surveys conducted internationally to allow comparison between tenants and home owners, with the understanding that although ownership does not provide a monetary income, it does provide a service that can be valued by the net income to be derived from rent. This consideration is also valid for the owners of various durable goods but, perhaps due to its lesser quantitative importance, the discussion around the topic hasn't acquired the same relevance.

It is important to keep in mind that this question must only be asked in the urban areas.

Once the option to question 7 is selected, question MV4 is asked that is to the right of the response to question 7, in the same box.

top
Uruguay 2011 — source variable UY2011A_OWNER — Tenure status
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
1. With respect to this dwelling, this dwelling is . . . ? (HogTe01)
[] 1 Owned (go to q 2)
[] 2 Part of a housing cooperative (go to q 4)
[] 3 Rented (go to q 4)
[] 4 Used or occupied (go to q 3)
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
7.3.1 Ownership

With respect to this dwelling, this dwelling is. . . ?

The objective is to know the dwelling tenancy regime that the interviewed household has. Read the questions in the order presented until receiving a response.

  • owned
  • part of a housing cooperative
  • rented
  • used or occupied

Based on the response selected the system displays, if it corresponds, the options that deepen our understanding of the tenancy regime.

For owners:

The homeowner of the dwelling can be classified as the owner of:

  • the dwelling and the terrain and is paying for it: households in which some member is owner of the dwelling and of the terrain in which it is located, but is still paying for it. The promised buyers must also be included in this option.

In the case of the apartment building, each one of the owners is also owner of the terrain in which the building was constructed.

  • the dwelling and the terrain, and are already paid for: like the previous option except that the payments for the dwelling and terrain are complete.
  • only the dwelling and is paying for it: like the first option, but the dwelling is constructed on a terrain that is not the property of any of the members of the household. The terrain can be owned by another private entity or it can be a fiscal terrain.
  • only the dwelling and it is already paid for: just like the previous option but the payment for the dwelling is complete.
[p. 80]

For users or occupants:

The dwelling users or occupants that do not pay for the dwelling, that inhabit it and are not its owners, are classified:

  • by a dependence (work) relationship: this refers to the household that occupies the dwelling as payment in kind on the part of the employer of some member of the household.
  • free, granted by the Social Security Bank BPS: household that occupies a dwelling located in the housing complex of the BPS. The dwellings of these complexes are awarded by virtue of usufruct to retired and pensioned people, among other requirements, that lack their own dwelling and sufficient resources for renting them.
  • free (lent to them): These are those households to which the dwelling was directly given by the owner. For example, the parents that give their children some dwelling in which to live. The dwellings in succession should be recorded in this category, that's to say, occupants not paying with the permission of the owner.
  • without the permission of the owner. These are those households commonly called "intrusions."

top
Uruguay 2011 — source variable UY2011A_OTYPE — Homeowner type
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
2. Does the homeowner own . . .? (HogTe02)
(For homeowners)

[] 1 The dwelling and the terrain, and is paying for it
[] 2 The dwelling and the terrain, and are already paid for
[] 3 Only the dwelling, and is paying for it
[] 4 Only the dwelling, and it is already paid for
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
7.3.1 Ownership

With respect to this dwelling, this dwelling is. . . ?

The objective is to know the dwelling tenancy regime that the interviewed household has. Read the questions in the order presented until receiving a response.

  • owned
  • part of a housing cooperative
  • rented
  • used or occupied

Based on the response selected the system displays, if it corresponds, the options that deepen our understanding of the tenancy regime.

For owners:

The homeowner of the dwelling can be classified as the owner of:

  • the dwelling and the terrain and is paying for it: households in which some member is owner of the dwelling and of the terrain in which it is located, but is still paying for it. The promised buyers must also be included in this option.

In the case of the apartment building, each one of the owners is also owner of the terrain in which the building was constructed.

  • the dwelling and the terrain, and are already paid for: like the previous option except that the payments for the dwelling and terrain are complete.
  • only the dwelling and is paying for it: like the first option, but the dwelling is constructed on a terrain that is not the property of any of the members of the household. The terrain can be owned by another private entity or it can be a fiscal terrain.
  • only the dwelling and it is already paid for: just like the previous option but the payment for the dwelling is complete.
[p. 80]

For users or occupants:

The dwelling users or occupants that do not pay for the dwelling, that inhabit it and are not its owners, are classified:

  • by a dependence (work) relationship: this refers to the household that occupies the dwelling as payment in kind on the part of the employer of some member of the household.
  • free, granted by the Social Security Bank BPS: household that occupies a dwelling located in the housing complex of the BPS. The dwellings of these complexes are awarded by virtue of usufruct to retired and pensioned people, among other requirements, that lack their own dwelling and sufficient resources for renting them.
  • free (lent to them): These are those households to which the dwelling was directly given by the owner. For example, the parents that give their children some dwelling in which to live. The dwellings in succession should be recorded in this category, that's to say, occupants not paying with the permission of the owner.
  • without the permission of the owner. These are those households commonly called "intrusions."

top
Uruguay 2011 — source variable UY2011A_USETYPE — User or occupant type
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
3. Is the user or occupant staying . . .? (HogTe03)
(For users or occupants)

[] 1 Because of a dependent (work) relation
[] 2 Free, granted by the BPS
[] 3 Free (borrowed/lent)
[] 4 Without permission from the homeowner
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
7.3.1 Ownership

With respect to this dwelling, this dwelling is. . . ?

The objective is to know the dwelling tenancy regime that the interviewed household has. Read the questions in the order presented until receiving a response.

  • owned
  • part of a housing cooperative
  • rented
  • used or occupied

Based on the response selected the system displays, if it corresponds, the options that deepen our understanding of the tenancy regime.

For owners:

The homeowner of the dwelling can be classified as the owner of:

  • the dwelling and the terrain and is paying for it: households in which some member is owner of the dwelling and of the terrain in which it is located, but is still paying for it. The promised buyers must also be included in this option.

In the case of the apartment building, each one of the owners is also owner of the terrain in which the building was constructed.

  • the dwelling and the terrain, and are already paid for: like the previous option except that the payments for the dwelling and terrain are complete.
  • only the dwelling and is paying for it: like the first option, but the dwelling is constructed on a terrain that is not the property of any of the members of the household. The terrain can be owned by another private entity or it can be a fiscal terrain.
  • only the dwelling and it is already paid for: just like the previous option but the payment for the dwelling is complete.
[p. 80]

For users or occupants:

The dwelling users or occupants that do not pay for the dwelling, that inhabit it and are not its owners, are classified:

  • by a dependence (work) relationship: this refers to the household that occupies the dwelling as payment in kind on the part of the employer of some member of the household.
  • free, granted by the Social Security Bank BPS: household that occupies a dwelling located in the housing complex of the BPS. The dwellings of these complexes are awarded by virtue of usufruct to retired and pensioned people, among other requirements, that lack their own dwelling and sufficient resources for renting them.
  • free (lent to them): These are those households to which the dwelling was directly given by the owner. For example, the parents that give their children some dwelling in which to live. The dwellings in succession should be recorded in this category, that's to say, occupants not paying with the permission of the owner.
  • without the permission of the owner. These are those households commonly called "intrusions."

top
Venezuela 1971 — source variable VE1971A_OWNER — Ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

15. Tenure type
A. [] 1 Owner


B. [] 2 Renter

Amount of monthly rent ____ Bs.

C. [] 3 Sub-letter

Amount of monthly rent ____ Bs.

D. [] 4 Ceded as part of salary

How much do you estimate the monthly rental payment would be worth? ____ Bs.

E. [] 5 For free

How much do you estimate the monthly rental payment would be worth? ____ Bs.

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

7.11. Tenure (Q-15).

Tenure is understood to mean the character of occupancy of the dwelling [p. 77] at the time of the census.

7.12.
A. Owner: When the Head of Household or other occupant is the owner of the property, both the structure and the ground or just the structure; whether it has been completely paid off or if it is still being paid for.

The owner will be asked if a mortgage is held and, if held, how much is paid monthly, in total, through amortization and interests.

Estimated Rents: If there is no mortgage, meaning that the property is held without lien, the owner will be asked to estimate the cost of rent, as if he/she had to pay it.


7.13.
B or C. Renter or sub-leaser: a) Renter is the case when the head of household pays rent, directly to the owner or to an administrator, for the family dwelling that is occupied. b) Sub-leaser is the case when a person or family subleases part of the dwelling (one or more rooms) from the principal renter, only when they do not share a common life with the primary family.

Monthly rent (in Bolívares).

For the dwelling occupied by a renter or sub-leaser the monthly amount of rent paid in bolívares is required, including any service or [p. 78] services provided by the owner. In the case that the dwelling is rented with furniture, record the rent as is, without taking into account this circumstance.


7.14.
D or E. Other form of tenure: This situation applies when the condition of occupancy is provided as part of a salary or provided without charge by a relative or friend etc. If the dwelling is provided as part of a salary, the tenant is asked to estimate how much in rent would be paid if it were to be paid separately. If the dwelling is provided without charge by relatives or friends, the occupant is asked to estimate the monthly cost of rent if it were to be paid by the occupant.


top
Venezuela 1981 — source variable VE1981A_DWUSE — Mortgage
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

4. Tenure of the dwelling

A. Owned
[] Completely paid for
[] Still in payment

____ Bs./month


B. Rented
____ Bs./month


C. [] Other form
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Question 4


-- Tenure

[These instructions refer to a graphic of question 4 on the census form]

This question refers to the form of tenancy [tenure] of the dwelling. Tenure is the form of possession of the dwelling inhabited at the time of the Census.

Three alternatives exist:

A. Owned

-- Completely paid

-- Still in payment

Monthly payment in Bs. [Bolivares]


[p. 50]

Important: Those dwellings that have been personally built by the occupants are considered to be "completely paid".

If the dwelling is still being paid for, the monthly payment, in Bolivares, should be indicated.

B. Rented

[These instructions refer to a graphic of point B, rented, on the census form]

If the dwelling is rented, the corresponding oval should be filled in and the monthly rent payment, in Bolivares, is written down in the space provided.

C. Other form

[These instructions refer to a graphic of point C, other form, on the census form]

This is when the dwelling is provided as part of a salary or provided without charge by a relative or friend etc. This can also be any other form of system that is not ownership or rent.

Important: If there is more than one household in a dwelling, write down the form of tenure corresponding to each household.

[Example exercises for determining tenure have not been translated into English - pg. 50-51]

top
Venezuela 1990 — source variable VE1990A_OWNER2 — Ownership [redundant]
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

1. For this household, the dwelling is:
A. Owned

[] Completed paid for
[] Paying

____ Bs./Month

[] B. Rented

____ Bs./Month

[] C. Other form

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question No.1

[Dwelling ownership]
[The instructions refer to a graphic of section V, question 1 on the census form.]

-- Read the question and the possible answers and fill in the corresponding cell:

-- If the answer is owned -- partially paid or rented ask what the monthly payment is and write down the amount in Bolivares [Venezuelan currency] in the appropriate space.

Owned:
The dwelling is property of the head of household or other member of the household.
It can be totally paid-for or partially paid-for at the time of the Census.


Rented:
The households that live in the dwelling pay a monthly rent in order to live in all or part of the dwelling.


Other form:
The households that live in the dwelling do not pay rent. This can be because the dwelling is provided as part of a salary or as a gift from a relative or friend. It can also be any other form of possession that is not through ownership or rent.


top
Venezuela 2001 — source variable VE2001A_OWNER — Ownership of the dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

1. For this household, the dwelling is:
[] Owned and paid for completely
[] Owned and mortgaged: monthly payment _. _ _ _. _ _ _. 00
[] Rented: monthly payment _. _ _ _. _ _ _. 00
[] Loaned
[] Other condition

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

2.1 Tenure

This variable refers to the type of arrangement the household has in occupying the dwelling.

The contemplated categories are the following:
-- Owned, completely paid: When the dwelling has been acquired by the Head of Household or another member of the household and has been completely paid for by the time of enumeration.

-- Owned, still in payment: When the dwelling has been acquired by the Head of Household or another member of the household and is in the process of being paid for by the time of enumeration. This is, there is a written or verbal agreement to make payments for the acquisition of the dwelling (e.g. a mortgage or loan of any other kind linked to the acquisition of the dwelling). The amount paid monthly to cancel this debt is also investigated.

-- Rented: When the household inhabiting the dwelling pays a monthly rent in order to live in all or part of it. Included here are rent contracts, comodato [a type of contract that allows the use of something and requires the return of the object], or monthly payments for the occupation of the dwelling, even when there is no explicit contract. The amount of the monthly payment the household needs to cancel is also investigated.

-- Loaned: When the household inhabiting the dwelling does not pay rent because the dwelling is provided as part of a salary or by social services because of a natural disaster, or because it is the property of a family member or friend of the household.

-- Other: Any other form of occupation of the dwelling that is not ownership, loan, or rent. Included in this category are "invaded" dwellings.


top
Vietnam 1999 — source variable VN1999A_OWNERSHP — Type of ownership
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image


5. Who is the holder of this (main) house/flat?
[] 1 Self-owned
[] 2 Hired from government
[] 3 Hired/borrowed from private party
[] 4 Collective/religion
[] 5 Joint state and individual
[] 9 Not clear about ownership

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question 5: This (main) house/apartment belongs to whom?
The ownership of the house is categorized according to the following 6 groups:

1) Private houses of the households: These include houses/apartments that the household has built, bought, inherited, or been given, and currently occupies.

2) Houses that are rented from the government: These include houses/apartments for which the households have contracts to rent from the government, based on the time and price that both sides have agreed to. Also included are houses/apartments the government built and distributed to officials and workers for use as residences.

Houses/apartments that the officers rent or lease from the government, organizations, enterprises etc., but have now been rented or sold at a discount to other officials, are also considered to be "Houses that are rented from the government."

3) Houses that are rented from private parties: These include houses/apartments that are rented or borrowed from private parties and are actually lived in, based on the time and price both sides agree to.

4) Houses that belong to groups/religious groups: These include houses/apartments that are built by groups and corporations, by religious groups or managed by religious groups, and are distributed to members of these organizations to live and actually lived in.

5) Houses that are jointly built by the government and people: These include houses/apartments that were partially built with government funds and private capital, and these were distributed to households that contributed and are being used as residences.

6) Houses with unknown owners: These include houses/apartments that do not belong to groups 1 to 5 above, houses/apartments taken from the government/groups/individuals, and houses over which people are fighting to gain ownership and are under arbitration.


top
Vietnam 2009 — source variable VN2009A_OWNERSHP — Ownership of dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image

[Questions 45-52 were asked of households that have and are representing the dwelling, as per questions 43 and 44.]


52. To whom does this dwelling belong?

[] 1 Household owned
[] 2 Rented/borrowed from the state
[] 3 Rented/borrowed from the private sector
[] 4 Collective
[] 5 Religious organization
[] 6 Joint state and individual
[] 7 Unclear ownership

Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image

Question 52: To whom does this dwelling belong?
The ownership of the dwelling is classified according to the following 7 categories:
Owner-occupied dwellings: this includes houses/flats that households constructed by themselves, bought, or were given/offered by others and are using for habitation.

Rented/borrowed from government: this comprises houses/flats where households have signed renting/borrowing contracts with government authorities, or where houses/flats that are owned by the government are distributed to government staff to use for habitation, but at the present the households have not bought it according to Government's Decree 61/CP. Houses/flats that households rented from the government as offices, factories, enterprises, etc. and were then transferred (or re-rented/sold) to others and currently are used for habitation, are counted as "Rented from government".

Rented from private: this comprises houses/flats that households rented/borrowed from private owners and are currently using for their habitation.

Cooperative ownership: this comprises houses/flats, which are under the ownership of cooperatives, production teams, groups of production cooperatives, etc., and are distributed to their members to use for habitation.

In ownership of religious organizations: this comprises houses/flats which are under the ownership of religious organizations and are distributed to their members to use for habitation.

Government and public joint ownership: this comprises houses/flats which were constructed by government organizations using both government funds and private funds, and are currently being used for habitation. In cases when houses/flats are under government ownership but rented by households, yet the household made some enlarging, renovating improvements, those houses/flats still belong to this type of ownership.

Unclear ownership: this comprises houses/flats which do not belong to one of the above mentioned categories such as: illegally occupied houses/flats and houses/flats where ownership is in dispute.


top
Zambia 1990 — source variable ZM1990A_TENURE — Housing unit tenure
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
HH-6 Is this housing unit owned by any member of this household?

[] 1-Yes
[] 2-No (Go to HH-8)
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
HH - 6: Is this housing unit owned by any member of this household?
9. Ask the respondent if this housing unit is owned by any member or members of the household. If the response is "Yes", ask the respondent question HH - 7, if the response is "No", skip question HH - 7 and go to HH - 8.

top
Zambia 2000 — source variable ZM2000A_TENURE — Housing unit owned by household member
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
9. Is this housing unit owned by any member of this household?
[] Yes
[] No -- Go to Question 11
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
HH9: Is this housing unit owned by any member of this household?

Ask the respondent if this housing unit is owned by any member or members of the household. If the response is "Yes", ask the respondent question HH-10, if the response is "No", skip question

HH10 and go to HH11.


top
Zambia 2010 — source variable ZM2010A_OWNSHP — Housing unit owned by any household member
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
HH7. Is this housing unit owned by any member of this household?
[] 1 Yes
[] 2 No - [Go to] HH9
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
HH - 7: Is this Housing Unit owned by any member of this household?

Ask the respondent if this housing unit is owned by any member of this household. If the response is "Yes", ask the respondent question HH-8, if the response is "No", skip to question HH-9.


top
Zimbabwe 2012 — source variable ZW2012A_OWNERSHP — Tenure of the dwelling
Questionnaire form view entire document:  text  image
F - Living conditions

28. What is the tenure status of the household?

[] 1 Owner/ Purchaser
[] 2 Tenant
[] 3 Lodger
[] 4 Tied accommodation
[] 5 Other
Questionnaire instructions view entire document:  text  image
Section F: Living Conditions
This section seeks information on the living environment and touches on such aspects as access to electricity and toilets, sources of drinking water etc.

Responses to Questions 28 to 33 are pre-coded and you have to shade the correct response.

Q28 Tenure status of the household
This refers to the arrangements under which the household occupies its living quarters in the nature of its right to be there. The categories, for which you are to shade the appropriate one, are:

1 Owner/purchaser
An owner or purchaser is one who owns the house or is in the process of buying it with a mortgage or through the Government's home ownership scheme or is renting to buy.

2 Tenant
A tenant occupies the whole dwelling unit and generally pays electricity and water charges to the urban authority as if she/he owned the property. The terms of renting are under a written agreement.

3 Lodger
A lodger rents whole/part of a dwelling unit, which belongs to an owner/purchaser or is under a tenant. Terms are not normally under a written agreement.

4 Tied accommodation
A person living in tied accommodation occupies it by virtue of his/her job. The accommodation belongs to the employer and is made available as part of terms of employment. If the person leaves the job, s/he is required to move out of the dwelling unit.

Examples of this type of tied accommodation include:
- Plantation and commercial farm compounds;
- Industrial and factory compounds;
- Domestic workers' quarters;
- Railways and other industrial accommodation;
- Staff houses provided in schools.
5 Other
This category includes those staying free in dwelling unit but constituting a separate household.